IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 22 May 1, 2002 Pages 1701 to 1808

CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1715 to 1805 include ARC 1559B to ARC 1598B

ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Rescind chs 1 to 19; adopt chs 1 to 19
ARC 1581B 1789
AGENDA
Administrative rules review committee 1706
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1704
Publication procedures 1705
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1705
Agency identification numbers 1713
ATTORNEY GENERAL
Opinions summarized 1806
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice, Administrative organization and
procedures, 1.2 to 1.4, 1.5(1), 1.9, 1.11,
1.12 ARC 1566B 1715
Notice, Library for the blind and physically
handicapped, 6.2, 6.5 ARC 1567B 1716
Notice, Business enterprises program,
7.1 to 7.4, 7.5(2), 7.6(1), 7.9(2), 7.10(1),
7.11(1), 7.13, 7.15(1), 7.17 ARC 1568B 1717
Notice, Vocational rehabilitation services,
10.1, 10.3 to 10.6, 10.8 to 10.10
ARC 1570B 1719
Notice, Independent living rehabilitation
services, 11.2 to 11.5, 11.7 to 11.11
ARC 1571B 1721
Notice, Public records and fair information
practices, 13.1, 13.3, 13.13 ARC 1569B 1725
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 1712
CIVIL REPARATIONS TRUST FUND
Notice 1726
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Notice, Visitation for offenders,
20.1 to 20.3; rescind chs 21 to 29
ARC 1559B 1726
Filed Emergency, Visitation for offenders,
20.1 to 20.3; rescind chs 21 to 29
ARC 1592B 1778
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, English as a second language
endorsement, 14.140(4) ARC 1580B 1727
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Amended Notice, Offset of county debts owed
department—organizational references and
appeal process, 14.2, 14.3, 14.4(1), 14.5,
14.6(2) ARC 1594B 1728
Notice, Waiver services, 77.30, 77.33, 77.34,
77.37, 77.39, 77.41, 78.34(9), 78.43, 78.46,
79.1, 83.2, 83.3, 83.11, 83.23(4), 83.31, 83.42,
83.43(3), 83.50, 83.61, 83.62, 83.67, 83.70,
83.71, 83.82, 83.83, 83.87, 83.90, 83.91,
83.102, 83.103(2), 83.107(3), 83.111
ARC 1595B 1729
Filed, Field operations structure, 1.4, 3.5(2)
ARC 1561B 1790
Filed, Family investment program, 41.24,
41.27(1), 41.28, 93.110(6), 93.134
ARC 1562B 1792
Filed Emergency, Medicaid—rescission of
reduction in payments to providers,
78.3, 79.1(1)“g,” 79.1(2), 79.1(8)“a,”
79.1(18), 81.6(4)“a,” 81.6(16) ARC 1589B 1779
Filed, Medicaid—coverage for dental
services for adults, 78.4, 78.4(14)
ARC 1563B 1794
Filed, Medicaid policy—dental services,
78.4, 78.28(2), 79.1(20) ARC 1564B 1794
Filed, Reimbursement to inpatient and
outpatient hospitals, 79.1 ARC 1565B 1797
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Long–term care insurance, 39.4 to 39.7,
39.9(1), 39.10, 39.11(6), 39.13, 39.15, 39.16,
39.18(9), 39.19, 39.20, 39.23 to 39.32
ARC 1593B 1738
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]“umbrella”
Filed, Housing assistance fund (HAF)—rescind
definition of “hard–to–house populations,”
15.6 ARC 1587B 1799
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Fees; permanent physician licensure,
8.4(1), 9.1, 9.4(1), 9.11(6), 9.12(1), 9.13,
9.15(2) ARC 1574B 1759
Notice, Definitions—“approved abuse education
training program” and “mandatory training
for identifying and reporting abuse,” 10.1
ARC 1578B 1761
Notice, Providers of abuse education training—
hospitals and professional organizations for
physicians; continuing education to be acquired
within the license period, 11.1, 11.4(1)“a”
ARC 1577B 1761
Notice, Update of federal drug laws;
requirements—physicians who prescribe
or administer controlled substances
for treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain,
13.1(1), 13.2 ARC 1560B 1762
Filed, Fee for SPEX eliminated, 8.3
ARC 1573B 1799
Filed Emergency, Fees; permanent physician
licensure, 8.4(1), 9.13 ARC 1575B 1784
Filed, Special physician licenses—foreign
medical graduates, 9.3(1)“d,” 10.4(1)
ARC 1576B 1800
Filed, Physicians designated to take mandatory
training on identifying and reporting child
and dependent adult abuse, 11.4(1)“c”
ARC 1579B 1800
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice, IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,” 21.6, 21.8(4)“a,”
21.29, 21.34 ARC 1582B 1763
Filed, IPERS, 17.3(1), 21.3(6), 21.5(1)“a,”
21.18(2), 21.24(14)“a,” 21.26, 21.29(2)“c,”
21.34, 31.1(2), 33.3 ARC 1586B 1801
Filed Emergency, IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,” 21.6,
21.8(4)“a,” 21.29, 21.34 ARC 1583B 1785
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Chiropractors, chs 40 to 46
ARC 1588B 1764
Notice, Administrative and regulatory
authority for the board of examiners
for nursing home administrators, ch 140
ARC 1590B 1775
Filed, Materials for board review, 17.1
ARC 1591B 1802
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1709
USURY
Notice 1777
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Sale of goods and services, 1.6(2)
ARC 1584B 1803
Filed, Update of pipeline and transmission
line rules, 10.2(1), 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,”
13.2(1) ARC 1585B 1803
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Filed, Prehearing conference report;
prehearing procedure, 3.1(20), 4.2, 4.9,
4.20 ARC 1596B 1804
Filed Emergency, Payroll tax tables, 8.8
ARC 1597B 1787
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Notice, Temporary extended unemployment
compensation, 24.50 ARC 1572B 1777
Filed Emergency, Temporary extended
unemployment compensation, 24.50
ARC 1598B 1787

PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND 17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other “materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury [535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing [524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone: (515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus $16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90 sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales tax.
Iowa Administrative Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement (replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus $26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:

Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120

Schedule for Rule Making
2002

NOTICE
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
HEARING OR
COMMENTS 20 DAYS
FIRST
POSSIBLE ADOPTION DATE
35 DAYS
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
FIRST
POSSIBLE EFFECTIVE DATE
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180 DAYS
Jan. 4 ’02
Jan. 23 ’02
Feb. 12 ’02
Feb. 27 ’02
Mar. 1 ’02
Mar. 20 ’02
Apr. 24 ’02
July 22 ’02
Jan. 18
Feb. 6
Feb. 26
Mar. 13
Mar. 15
Apr. 3
May 8
Aug. 5
Feb. 1
Feb. 20
Mar. 12
Mar. 27
Mar. 29
Apr. 17
May 22
Aug. 19
Feb. 15
Mar. 6
Mar. 26
Apr. 10
Apr. 12
May 1
June 5
Sept. 2
Mar. 1
Mar. 20
Apr. 9
Apr. 24
Apr. 26
May 15
June 19
Sept. 16
Mar. 15
Apr. 3
Apr. 23
May 8
May 10
May 29
July 3
Sept. 30
Mar. 29
Apr. 17
May 7
May 22
May 24
June 12
July 17
Oct. 14
Apr. 12
May 1
May 21
June 5
June 7
June 26
July 31
Oct. 28
Apr. 26
May 15
June 4
June 19
June 21
July 10
Aug. 14
Nov. 11
May 10
May 29
June 18
July 3
July 5
July 24
Aug. 28
Nov. 25
May 24
June 12
July 2
July 17
July 19
Aug. 7
Sept. 11
Dec. 9
June 7
June 26
July 16
July 31
Aug. 2
Aug. 21
Sept. 25
Dec. 23
June 21
July 10
July 30
Aug. 14
Aug. 16
Sept. 4
Oct. 9
Jan. 6 ’03
July 5
July 24
Aug. 13
Aug. 28
Aug. 30
Sept. 18
Oct. 23
Jan. 20 ’03
July 19
Aug. 7
Aug. 27
Sept. 11
Sept. 13
Oct. 2
Nov. 6
Feb. 3 ’03
Aug. 2
Aug. 21
Sept. 10
Sept. 25
Sept. 27
Oct. 16
Nov. 20
Feb. 17 ’03
Aug. 16
Sept. 4
Sept. 24
Oct. 9
Oct. 11
Oct. 30
Dec. 4
Mar. 3 ’03
Aug. 30
Sept. 18
Oct. 8
Oct. 23
Oct. 25
Nov. 13
Dec. 18
Mar. 17 ’03
Sept. 13
Oct. 2
Oct. 22
Nov. 6
Nov. 8
Nov. 27
Jan. 1 ’03
Mar. 31 ’03
Sept. 27
Oct. 16
Nov. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 22
Dec. 11
Jan. 15 ’03
Apr. 14 ’03
Oct. 11
Oct. 30
Nov. 19
Dec. 4
Dec. 6
Dec. 25
Jan. 29 ’03
Apr. 28 ’03
Oct. 25
Nov. 13
Dec. 3
Dec. 18
Dec. 20
Jan. 8 ’03
Feb. 12 ’03
May 12 ’03
Nov. 8
Nov. 27
Dec. 17
Jan. 1 ’03
Jan. 3 ’03
Jan. 22 ’03
Feb. 26 ’03
May 26 ’03
Nov. 22
Dec. 11
Dec. 31
Jan. 15 ’03
Jan. 17 ’03
Feb. 5 ’03
Mar. 12 ’03
June 9 ’03
Dec. 6
Dec. 25
Jan. 14 ’03
Jan. 29 ’03
Jan. 31 ’03
Feb. 19 ’03
Mar. 26 ’03
June 23 ’03
Dec. 20
Jan. 8 ’03
Jan. 28 ’03
Feb. 12 ’03
Feb. 14 ’03
Mar. 5 ’03
Apr. 9 ’03
July 7 ’03
Jan. 3 ’03
Jan. 22 ’03
Feb. 11 ’03
Feb. 26 ’03
Feb. 28 ’03
Mar. 19 ’03
Apr. 23 ’03
July 21 ’03


PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
ISSUE NUMBER
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
ISSUE DATE
24
Friday, May 10, 2002
May 29, 2002
25
Friday, May 24, 2002
June 12, 2002
26
Friday, June 7, 2002
June 26, 2002


PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions made on the following Monday will be accepted.

PUBLICATION PROCEDURES


TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative Bulletin



The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word 7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.

1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:

bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us

2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.

Please note that changes made prior to publication of the rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned unchanged.

Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly appreciated.
______________________

IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on CD–ROM
2001 WINTER EDITION

Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through December 2001)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2001 through December 2001)
Iowa Court Rules (effective February 15, 2002)

For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie Runde
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone: (515)281–3566 Fax: (515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us




AGENDA
The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold its regular, statutory meeting on Tuesday, May 14, 2002, at 9 a.m. in
Room 116, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa. The following rules will be reviewed:
NOTE: See also Agenda published in the April 17, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
Bulletin
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Organization and administration; certification of CPAs; licensure of LPAs; registration and renewal;
attest services; licensed public accounting firms; certified public accounting firms;
substantial equivalency; continuing education; fees; peer review; professional conduct; discipline,
rescind chs 1 to 19; adopt new chs 1 to 19, Filed ARC 1581B 5/1/02
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Administrative organization and procedures, 1.2 to 1.4, 1.5(1), 1.9, 1.11, 1.12, Notice ARC 1566B 5/1/02
Library services, 6.2, 6.5, Notice ARC 1567B 5/1/02
Business enterprises program, 7.1 to 7.4, 7.5(2), 7.6(1), 7.9(2), 7.10(1), 7.11(1), 7.13, 7.15(1), 7.17,
7.17(2) to 7.17(4), Notice ARC 1568B 5/1/02
Vocational rehabilitation services, 10.1, 10.3 to 10.6, 10.8, 10.8(4)“b,” “e” and “f,”
10.8(5), 10.9, 10.10, Notice ARC 1570B 5/1/02
Independent living rehabilitation services, 11.2 to 11.5, 11.7 to 11.11, Notice ARC 1571B 5/1/02
Public records and fair information practices, 13.1, 13.3(2), 13.3(3), 13.13(2),
13.13(4), Notice ARC 1569B 5/1/02
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Visitation, 20.1 to 20.3, 20.3(2) to 20.3(4), 20.3(4)“a,” “i” and “j,” 20.3(5) to 20.3(20),
rescind chs 21 to 29, Notice ARC 1559B, also Filed Emergency ARC 1592B 5/1/02
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Endorsement for English as a second language, 14.140(4), Notice ARC 1580B 5/1/02
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
New field operations service delivery structure; locations for oral proceedings,
1.4, 3.5(2), Filed ARC 1561B 5/1/02
Offset of county debts owed the department, 14.2(1)“c,” 14.2(2), 14.2(3), 14.2(3)“a” and “b,”
14.3, 14.4(1), 14.4(1)“e,” 14.4(1)“e”(1) and (2), 14.4(1)“f” and “g,” 14.5, 14.5(1),
14.5(2), 14.6(2), Amended Notice ARC 1594B 5/1/02
Granting assistance; PROMISE JOBS program, 41.24(2)“d,” 41.24(7), 41.24(8)“f”(1),
41.27(1)“g,” 41.28(1), 41.28(1)“b”(3)“2,” 41.28(2)“b”(3), 93.110(6)“e”(1) and (3),
93.134, 93.134“6,” Filed ARC 1562B 5/1/02
Medicaid waiver services, 77.30, 77.30(8)“a”(5), 77.33, 77.34, 77.37, 77.37(14)“e,” 77.37(14)“e”(1) and (2),
77.37(22)“a”(5), 77.37(23)“e,” 77.37(23)“e”(1) and (3), 77.39, 77.39(13)“d,” 77.39(13)“d”(1) and (2),
77.39(25)“a”(5), 77.41, 77.41(1), 78.34(9)“g,” 78.43, 78.43(1)“b” to “d,” 78.43(2)“c,” 78.43(5)“g,”
78.43(7), 78.46(2)“g,” 78.46(5), 79.1(2), 79.1(15), 79.1(15)“a”(7), 79.1(15)“d”(4), 79.1(15)“f”(2),
83.2(1)“a,” 83.2(2)“b,” 83.3(2), 83.3(2)“a”(1) and (2), 83.3(2)“b”(1) and (4), 83.3(2)“c,”
83.3(3)“a”(4) and (5), 83.3(3)“c,” 83.3(4)“d,” 83.11, 83.23(4)“c,” 83.31, 83.42(1)“c,”
83.42(2)“a,” 83.43(3)“a”(2), 83.43(3)“c,” 83.50, 83.61(2)“g”(4), 83.61(4)“a”(1) and (2),
83.61(4)“b”(1) and (4), 83.61(4)“c,” 83.62(3)“c,” 83.62(4)“d,” 83.67(8), 83.67(8)“a” to “d,” 83.67(9),
83.67(9)“d,” 83.70, 83.71, 83.82(2)“a”(4), 83.82(2)“d,” 83.82(4)“a” and “b,” 83.82(4)“b”(1),
83.83(2)“c,” 83.83(3)“c,” 83.87(2), 83.87(4), 83.87(4)“a” to “d,” 83.90, 83.91, 83.102(1)“b,”
83.102(2)“b,” 83.102(5)“a” and “b,” 83.102(5)“b”(1), 83.103(2)“d,” 83.107(3), 83.111, Notice ARC 1595B 5/1/02
Rescission of reduction in payment to providers, 78.3(13), 78.3(14), 78.3(16), 79.1(1)“g,” 79.1(2),
79.1(8)“a,” 79.1(18), 81.6(4)“a”(1), 81.6(16), Filed Emergency ARC 1589B 5/1/02
Coverage for dental services for adults aged 21 and older, 78.4, 78.4(14), Filed ARC 1563B 5/1/02
Dental services, 78.4(1)“a” to “c,” 78.4(2)“a” and “h,” 78.4(3)“b” to “d,” 78.4(3)“f”(4),
78.4(4)“a” to “f,” 78.4(6)“i,” 78.4(7)“a” to “c” and “k,” 78.4(8)“c,” 78.28(2)“a”(2) to (4), 78.28(2)“c”(1),
78.28(2)“e,” 79.1(20), Filed ARC 1564B 5/1/02
Reimbursement to inpatient and outpatient hospitals, 79.1(1)“g,” 79.1(5)“a,” “c,” “f,” “k” and “t,”
79.1(5)“y”(7), 79.1(5)“aa,” 79.1(16)“a,” “d,” “i,” “j,” “p,” “t” and “u,” Filed ARC 1565B 5/1/02
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Long–term care insurance, 39.4, 39.5(7) to 39.5(21), 39.6(1)“d” and “e,“ 39.6(2), 39.6(6), 39.6(7), 39.7,
39.9(1)“g” to “i,” 39.10(5) to 39.10(7), 39.11(6), 39.13, 39.15(1)“h,” 39.15(2)“d,” 39.15(3), 39.16,
39.18(9), 39.19, 39.20, 39.23 to 39.32, ch 39 appendices A to G, Notice ARC 1593B 5/1/02
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]“umbrella”
Housing assistance fund—rescission of definition of “hard–to–house populations,”
15.6, Filed ARC 1587B 5/1/02
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Elimination of fee for special purpose examination (SPEX), 8.3, Filed ARC 1573B 5/1/02
Reinstatement fees; permanent physician licensure, 8.4(1)“f” and “g,” 9.1, 9.4(1)“b” and “c,” 9.11(6),
9.12(1)“c,” 9.13(1) to 9.13(3), 9.15(2), Notice ARC 1574B 5/1/02
Reinstatement fees; permanent physician licensure, 8.4(1)“f” and “g,”
9.13(1) to 9.13(3), Filed Emergency ARC 1575B 5/1/02
Special licensure, 9.3(1)“d”(4), 10.4(1)“i,” Filed ARC 1576B 5/1/02
Approved abuse education training program; mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse,
10.1, Notice ARC 1578B 5/1/02
Providers of abuse identification training; continuing education for permanent license renewal,
11.1, 11.4(1)“a,” Notice ARC 1577B 5/1/02
Mandatory training on identifying and reporting child and adult abuse, 11.4(1)“c,” Filed ARC 1579B 5/1/02
Prescription or administration of controlled substances for patients
with chronic, nonmalignant pain, 13.1(1), 13.2 Notice ARC 1560B 5/1/02
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
IPERS, 17.3(1), 21.3(6), 21.5(1)“a,” 21.18(2), 21.24(14)“a,” 21.26, 21.29(2)“c”(2) and (4),
21.34, 31.1(2), 33.3, Filed ARC 1586B 5/1/02
IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,” 21.6(2), 21.6(4), 21.6(5), 21.6(9)“d”(6), 21.6(11), 21.8(4)“a,” 21.29(2)“a”(6),
21.29(3)“l” and “m,” 21.34, Notice ARC 1582B, also Filed Emergency ARC 1583B 5/1/02
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Materials for board review, 17.1, Filed ARC 1591B 5/1/02
Chiropractic examiners, chs 40 to 44; 44.2(2) to 44.2(6), 44.6, 44.9, 44.10(4) to 44.10(6);
chs 45, 46 Notice ARC 1588B 5/1/02
Nursing home administrators examiners, ch 140, Notice ARC 1590B 5/1/02
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Sale of goods and services, 1.6(2), Filed ARC 1584B 5/1/02
Update of pipeline and transmission line rules, 10.2(1)“i” to “k,” 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,”
13.2(1)“i” to “k,” Filed ARC 1585B 5/1/02
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Prehearing conference report, 3.1(20), 4.2, 4.9(6), 4.9(9), 4.20, Filed ARC 1596B 5/1/02
Payroll tax tables, 8.8, Filed Emergency ARC 1597B 5/1/02
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Temporary extended unemployment compensation, 24.50,
Notice ARC 1572B, also Filed Emergency ARC 1598B 5/1/02

ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Regular statutory meetings are held the second Tuesday of each month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.8. A special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state and at any time.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Terms ending April 30, 2003.

Senator Jeff Angelo
808 West Jefferson
Creston, Iowa 50801
Representative Clyde Bradley
315 33rd Avenue North
Clinton, Iowa 52732
Senator Patricia M. Harper
3336 Santa Maria Drive
Waterloo, Iowa 50702
Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112
Senator John P. Kibbie
P.O. Box 190
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
Representative Marcella R. Frevert
P.O. Box 324
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
Senator Paul McKinley
Route 5, Box 101H
Chariton, Iowa 50049
Representative Mark Kuhn
2667 240th Street
Charles City, Iowa 50616
Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742
Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 Oak Brook Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323
Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281–3084
Fax (515)281–5995
Brian Gentry
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor’s Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319




PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.

AGENCY
HEARING LOCATION
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING

BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]

Administrative organization and
procedures,
1.2 to 1.4, 1.5(1), 1.9, 1.11, 1.12
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1566B
524 Fourth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m.
Library for the blind and physically handicapped, 6.2, 6.5
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1567B
524 Fourth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m.
Business enterprises program,
7.1 to 7.4, 7.5(2), 7.6(1), 7.9(2), 7.10(1), 7.11(1), 7.13, 7.15(1), 7.17
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1568B
524 Fourth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m.
Vocational rehabilitation services,
10.1, 10.3 to 10.6, 10.8 to 10.10
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1570B
524 Fourth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m.
Independent living rehabilitation
services, 11.2 to 11.5, 11.7 to 11.11
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1571B
524 Fourth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m.
Public records and fair information practices, 13.1, 13.3, 13.13
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1569B
524 Fourth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m.
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]

Institutions administration—visitation, 20.1 to 20.3, rescind chs 21 to 29
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1559B
(See also ARC 1592B herein)
Second Floor Conference Room
420 Watson Powell Jr. Way
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
11 a.m. to 1 p.m.
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]

ESL endorsement,
14.140(4)
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1580B
State Board Conference Room
Second Floor
Grimes State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
1:30 p.m.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Discarded appliance demanufacturing, 118.2 to 118.6, 118.11, 118.14
IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1540B
(See also ARC 1541B)
Fourth Floor West Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 14, 2002
1 p.m.
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

HCBS waiver services,
amendments to chs 77 to 79, 83
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1595B
Second Floor Conference Room
126 S. Kellogg St.
Ames, Iowa
May 22, 2002
9 a.m.

Seventh Floor Conference Room
Iowa Bldg.
411 Third St. SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
May 23, 2002
9 a.m.

Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa
May 22, 2002
9 a.m.

Fifth Floor Conference Room
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western Ave.
Davenport, Iowa
May 22, 2002
10 a.m.

Conference Room 102
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa
May 22, 2002
10 a.m.

Third Floor Conference Room
Nesler Center
8th and Main
Dubuque, Iowa
May 22, 2002
9 a.m.

First Floor Conference Room
822 Douglas
Sioux City, Iowa
May 22, 2002
1 p.m.

Room 213
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa
May 23, 2002
10 a.m.
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]

Long–term care insurance,
amendments to ch 39
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1593B
330 Maple St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
10:30 a.m.
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]

Reinstatement and renewal of licenses; mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse; examination
requirements; appeal procedure
8.4(1), 9.1, 9.4, 9.11(6),
9.12(1), 9.13, 9.15(2)
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1574B
(See also ARC 1575B herein)
Suite C
400 SW Eighth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
3 p.m.
Approved abuse education training
program, mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse, 10.1
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1578B
Suite C
400 SW Eighth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
2:45 p.m.
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653] (Cont’d)

Approved abuse education training
program; continuing education for permanent license renewal,
11.1, 11.4(1)
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1577B
Suite C
400 SW Eighth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
2:45 p.m.
Prescribing or administering controlled substances for the treatment of
patients with chronic, nonmalignant pain, 13.1(1), 13.2
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1560B
Suite C
400 SW Eighth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 22, 2002
2 p.m
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]

Fish habitat promotion for county
conservation boards, ch 35
IAB 4/3/02 ARC 1518B
Fourth Floor East Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 7, 2002
2 p.m.


PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]

IPERS,
21.4(1), 21.6, 21.8(4), 21.29, 21.34
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1582B
(See also ARC 1583B herein)
7401 Register Dr.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
9 a.m.
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]

Administrative and regulatory authority for the board of behavioral science examiners, ch 30
IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1556B
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 9, 2002
9 to 11 a.m.
Chiropractic examiners,
chs 40 to 46
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1588B
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
9 to 11 a.m.
Administrative and regulatory
authority for the board of examiners for nursing home administrators,
ch 140
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1590B
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
9 to 11 a.m.
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]

Vehicles,
400.16, 400.26, 401.2, 401.16, 401.21, 401.25, 415.2 to 415.4, 424.1, 425.3, 425.10, 425.12, 425.17, 425.26, 425.70, 425.72, 431.2, 450.1, 450.6, 450.7, 451.2
IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1544B
DOT Conference Room
Park Fair Mall
100 Euclid Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 9, 2002
10 a.m.
(If requested)
Mobile home dealers, manufacturers and distributors,
421.1 to 421.8
IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1546B
DOT Conference Room
Park Fair Mall
100 Euclid Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 9, 2002
10 a.m.
(If requested)
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761] (Cont’d)

Driver licenses,
amendments to chs 600 to 602,
605, 607, 610, 611, 615, 620,
630, 640, 641
IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1545B
DOT Conference Room
Park Fair Mall
100 Euclid Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 9, 2002
10 a.m.
(If requested)
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]

Temporary extended unemployment compensation, 24.50
IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1572B
(See also ARC 1598B herein)
1000 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa
May 21, 2002
9:30 a.m.

CITATION of Administrative Rules

The Iowa Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number) IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered subparagraph).

441 IAC 79 (Chapter)

441 IAC 79.1(249A) (Rule)

441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)

441 IAC 79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)

441 IAC 79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page number), (ARC number).

IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC 872A


AGENCY IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts, chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g., BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:

AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL, IOWA[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board for[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION, IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD, IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL, IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development Center Administration Division[877]


NOTICES
ARC 1566B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, “Administrative Organization and Procedures,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments update the administrative organization and procedures of the Department as outlined in Iowa Code chapter 216B.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C. Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800)362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax (515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—1.2(216B) as follows:
111—1.2(216B) History and function. To respond to the unique needs of the blind of Iowa, the general assembly established the Iowa commission for the blind on April 1, 1925. Although specific programs for the blind have varied even in recent years, the basic mission to promote positive attitudes toward blindness has remained constant. As a result of state government reorganization in 1986, the commission for the blind became a division of the department of human rights. However, the 72nd General Assembly restored the commission’s separate status by establishing a department for the blind in 1988.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 111—1.3(216B) as follows:
111—1.3(216B) Location and information. The central office of the department is located at 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364, telephone (515)281–1333, (incoming WATS number (800)362–2587). District offices are located at 411 Third Street SE, Suite 745, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401–1811, telephone (319)365–9111, (incoming WATS number (888)346–9557); 2915 McClain Drive, Suite A, Cedar Falls, Iowa 50613–5266, telephone (319)268–2981, (incoming WATS number (888)378–4397). Information concerning department services may be obtained by contacting any of these offices.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 111—1.4(216B), definition of “blind” or “blindness,” as follows:
“Blind” or “blindness,” except as applicable to the business enterprises program, refers to the condition of an individual who meets one or more of the following criteria:(1) vision not more than 20/200 central visual acuity in the better eye, with ordinary corrective lenses, or a field defect in which the peripheral field has contracted to an extent that the widest diameter of visual field subtends to an angular distance of not greater than 20 degrees; (2) a combination of loss of visual acuity and loss of visual field which imposes an employment handicap which is substantially that of a blind person; (3) medical prognosis indicating a progressive loss of sight which will terminate in the condition described in criteria one; (4) a visual impairment sufficient to warrant attendance at the Iowa braille and sight saving school or programs for the severely visually impaired in the public schools; or (5) (4) a visual impairment which by agreement of the division of vocational rehabilitation services of the Iowa department of education and the department is such that the individual can be best served by the department.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 1.5(1) as follows:
1.5(1) Meetings. The commission shall hold at least six meetings each year and as many additional meetings as are needed meet as often as necessary to conduct business expeditiously and efficiently. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held outside normal working hours to encourage attendance.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 111—1.9(216B) as follows:
111—1.9(216B) Authorization for use of facilities. Department facilities are available for the use of groups of blind individuals or other groups or organizations interested in working with blind individuals when the activity does not interfere with the conduct of department business. Authorization for the use of facilities must be obtained from the director or designee.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 111—1.11(216B) as follows:
111—1.11(216B) Administration of the expendable trust gifts and bequests fund. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 216B.3(8), there is established an expendable trust a gifts and bequests fund maintained by the department of revenue and finance and administered by the department for the blind.
1.11(1) Gifts and bequests fund. The gifts and bequests fund is established primarily to provide direct financial assistance in the form of grants or loans to blind Iowans which will materially assist in independent living or vocational success or to provide department services or support services for which other funds are not available. Grants or loans may not be given for the purpose of income maintenance or continuing support.
a. Use for department operations. Use of gifts and bequests for routine, ongoing department operations must be approved by the commission.
b. Eligibility. Recipients of grants or loans must be blind individuals, as defined in rule 1.4(216B), who are residents of the state and whom the director or committee commission has determined to demonstrate a need for assistance.
c. Grants and loans review committee. There is established a grants and loans review committee which may review applications for grants and loans to be made from gifts and bequests, at the request of the director, and make recommendations to the commission for approval of grants and loans. The committee will consist of the assistant director, who will serve as chairperson; the division administrators, as defined in rule 1.4(216B); two additional staff members appointed by the director; and three blind individuals appointed by the commission upon the recommendation of the director. Appointed committee members shall serve two–year terms.
d c. Application process. Applications must be submitted to the director or designee for review. Applications not exceeding $2,500 may be approved by the director or designee. Applications exceeding $2,500 shall not be subject to approval or disapproval by the director or designee but shall be submitted to the commission for approval. and, if appropriate, recommendation to the grants and loans review committee. However, when the application is for a grant or loan in the amount of $2,500 or less, the director may approve the application. Upon recommendation by the director, the grants and loans review committee will review an application. If approved by the grants and loans review committee, the application will be forwarded to the commission for final approval.
1.11(2) Vending facilities fund. The vending facilities fund is established to provide low interest loans to active licensed vendors. The director may approve loans in any amount from these moneys for use as start–up capital or for the purchase of inventory. Upon approval, the director will establish a repayment schedule.
1.11(3) Availability of records. Names of applicants or recipients of grants or loans from these funds are confidential records under 111—subrule 13.13(2). Disclosure may be made only for routine use as delineated in rule 111— 13.10(17A,22).
1.11(4) Deposit of funds. Documentation of funds received will be maintained by the office of the director. Funds will then be forwarded to the assistant director for processing and deposit in the expendable trust fund.
1.11(5) Record keeping. Financial records for these funds shall be maintained according to generally accepted accounting practices. The assistant director will submit a report detailing receipts and expenditures of the fund as a part of the financial reports prepared for each commission meeting.
ITEM 7. Rescind rule 111—1.12(216B) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new rule:
111—1.12(216B) Procurement.
1.12(1) The procurement of goods and services for clients of the department shall be in accordance with the requirements of informed choice as defined in 34 CFR 361.52 (effective March 13, 1997).
1.12(2) Procurement of goods. Except as provided in 1.12(1) above, the procurement of goods shall be conducted in accordance with procurement standards and procedures established at 34 CFR 80.36 (effective March 5, 2001) for state government grantees.
ARC 1567B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 6, “Library for the Blind and Physically Handicapped,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide for changes in library services.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C. Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800)362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax (515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—6.2(216B) as follows:
111—6.2(216B) Services. Services include, but are not limited to, provision and circulation of books and magazines, magazines and videos in braille, recorded disc, recorded cassette, electronic text, descriptive video, or large–type formats; provision and maintenance of playback equipment; transcription, production and duplication of standard print material into braille, recorded cassette, or large–type electronic text formats; and research, acquisition by loan or purchase, or production of, instructional materials.
6.2(1) Transcription of standard print reading materials into alternative media. Transcription of standard print reading materials into the alternative media of braille, cassette tape, or large type electronic text shall be provided to the extent that resources are available and following research of the library for the blind and physically handicapped and other libraries, volunteer production agencies, and vendors which confirm that the requested item is not available in any alternative media which can be effectively used by the library patron; or that the item exists, but cannot be acquired by loan, purchase, or duplication. Priority will be given to requests which enable persons to meet a vocational or educational need. Transcription is one method of providing access to standard print reading materials, and will be used in combination with other resources in order to provide as much support as possible to each person requesting transcription services.
Other requests will be honored contingent upon availability of resources.
6.2(2) Reserved.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve rule 111—6.5(17A).
ARC 1568B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 7, “Business Enterprises Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments update the department’s responsibilities under the Randolph–Sheppard Act and Iowa Code chapter 216D.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C. Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800)362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax (515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 216B and 216D.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—7.1(216D) as follows:
111—7.1(216D) History and function. The Randolph–Sheppard Act (Public Law 74–732), first adopted by Congress in 1936, created a business enterprises program to give priority to the needs of blind persons in securing employment and economic opportunities. This legislation was revised in 1954 (Public Law 83–565) and again in 1974 (Public Law 93–516).
The Iowa business enterprises program prepares individuals in the vocational rehabilitation program clients to become independent operators of food service facilities by providing training in management skills, food service and sanitation laws, and business systems. The business enterprises program establishes facilities and renders ongoing consultation and management assistance to blind operators.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 111—7.2(216D) as follows:
Adopt the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Active participation” means routine consultation with the committee of blind vendors on all matters affecting the business enterprises program. When Congress amended the Randolph–Sheppard Act in 1974 to include a requirement for a committee of blind vendors elected by the vendors themselves in every business enterprises program, congressional intent was to create a routine, ongoing method for the citizens involved in the vending program to participate in the decisions that affected their lives, given a long history of agency decision making that had excluded vendors. While Congress recognized that officials of state agencies are charged with the responsibility of making decisions, Congress wished to create a situation in which these officials routinely consult the persons whom these decisions affect. Thus, “active participation” consists of the manager of the business enterprises program and also the director of the entire agency making a conscious effort to include the committee routinely in policy decisions, in changes of policy, in decisions that will expand or contract the program, in allocation of funding, and in any other matter that will affect individual vendors or the program vendors or the program as a whole.
Amend the following definitions:
“Committee” means the state committee of blind vendors which actively participates in routine, ongoing policy making for the business enterprises program.
“Federal property” means any building, land or other real property in this state which is owned, leased or occupied by any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States (including, but not limited to, the Department of Defense, the Department of Veterans Affairs and the United States Postal Service).
ITEM 3. Amend rule 111—7.3(216D) as follows:
111—7.3(216D) State committee of blind vendors. There is established a state committee of blind vendors which will advise and actively participate in routine, ongoing policy decisions made by the department in the management of the business enterprises program. The committee will hold a minimum of three meetings in each calendar year with the agenda for each meeting jointly prepared by the division administrator of the business enterprises program in consultation with the chairperson of the committee.
7.3(1) The committee shall:
a. Actively participate with the department in major administrative decisions and policy and program development decisions affecting the overall administration of the business enterprises program including, but not limited to, changes in longstanding policy, decisions to add or remove locations, decisions regarding terms of permits varying from the standard permits, and all other decisions or changes in decisions that will affect the earning potential or promotional opportunities for vendors in the program or those who join the program;
b. Receive and transmit to the department grievances at the request of vendors and serve as an advocate for vendors in connection with these grievances;
c. Actively participate with the department in the development and administration of a state system for the transfer or promotion of vendors;
d. Actively participate with the department in the development of training and retraining programs for vendors; and
e. Sponsor, with the assistance of the department, meetings and instructional conferences for vendors and trainees of the business enterprises program.
7.3(2) to 7.3(4) No change.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 111—7.4(216D) as follows:
111—7.4(216D) Statewide meeting. There will be an annual statewide meeting of vendors at a time and place established by the department and the committee. All licensees, trainees and all other interested parties may shall attend this meeting; however, only active licensees shall have the right to vote. Failure to attend two consecutive entire meetings without a written excused absence from the administrator of the business enterprises program shall result in placement of active licensees on probation. Failure to attend three consecutive entire meetings without a written excused absence from the administrator of the business enterprises program shall result in termination of the operating agreement (defined in 111—7.12(216D)).
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 7.5(2) as follows:
7.5(2) The election shall be held by secret ballot. The secret ballot may be waived by unanimous consent of the voting members. Committee members shall take office immediately following the meeting at which they were elected.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 7.6(1) as follows:
7.6(1) The vocational rehabilitation counselor has the primary responsibility for identifying potential candidates applicants for the business enterprises program. In order for a client an eligible individual to be considered for placement in the business enterprises program, the counselor must make a written recommendation to the division administrator of the business enterprises program.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 7.9(2) as follows:
7.9(2) The individual must meet the following criteria for licensure by reciprocity or reinstatement:
a. Apply and be found eligible for vocational rehabilitation services from the department;
b. Have no outstanding debts with the business enterprises program or vocational rehabilitation program in any state and no delinquent business taxes or delinquent bills to food service suppliers;
c. Comply with all licensing requirements of the department.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 7.10(1) as follows:
7.10(1) When a new vending facility is established or when a vacancy occurs in an existing facility, the department shall first provide the opportunity for transfer or promotion to licensees having priority status. At that time, the department shall give priority status to a vendor who has been displaced from a facility through no fault of the vendor. Priority status may be given if the potential or actual earnings and requirements for operating the available facility are reasonably comparable to the facility from which the vendor was displaced. A vendor shall be considered to have been displaced through no fault of the vendor if the building in which the vendor’s facility is located has:
a. Closed; or
b. Lost a substantial portion of its population so that the facility no longer meets the financial guidelines of profitability established by the business enterprises program.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 7.11(1) as follows:
7.11(1) Placement in provisional status. When a vendor is appointed for the first time, the vendor will be placed in provisional status. The vendor will be provided with the rating criteria for performance evaluation as a part of the operating agreement (defined in 111—7.12(216D)). A vendor cannot remain in provisional status for longer than two years.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 111—7.13(216D) as follows:
111—7.13(216D) Reports. As specified in the operating agreement, reports must be filed with the administrative office of the department or postmarked by the fifteenth day of each month. The department will accept no more than two consecutive reports which are submitted after the deadline. When an operator exceeds this limit, the department shall impose a fine in the amount of $25 $100 for each report filed after the deadline. Operators submitting more than two late reports shall be placed on probation and restricted from bidding for transfer or promotion for a period of one year. For a report to be considered complete, it must contain the following documents which relate to the reporting period:
1. A profit and loss statement;
2. A signed bill verification statement;
3. Business–related tax documents; and
4. Canceled checks verifying payment of business–related taxes.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 7.15(1) as follows:
7.15(1) During the first 45 calendar days of the vendor’s assignment to a location or facility, the department assumes the responsibility for maintenance of equipment. Additionally, in unusual circumstances, the department may negotiate with a vendor to pay particular costs for maintenance of equipment.
ITEM 12. Amend rule 111—7.17(216D) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
111—7.17(216D) Disciplinary action. Following the opportunity for a contested case hearing except in the case of an emergency, and in consultation with the state committee of blind vendors, the department may impose any or all of the following disciplinary actions as appropriate:
Amend subrule 7.17(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
7.17(2) Probation. The department may place a vendor on probation of the operating agreement for a period not to exceed one year. The probationary period may include an emergency suspension of the operating agreement when appropriate for a period not to exceed 30 days. If the operator is deemed to be on probation after the end of that year, the operating agreement will be terminated.
Amend subrule 7.17(3) as follows:
7.17(3) Termination of operating agreement. When the department determines that a probationary period has been unsuccessful or when the department determines and documents that serious and repeated infractions of the operating agreement or vending facility permit have occurred, the department may terminate an operating agreement.
Amend subrule 7.17(4) as follows:
7.17(4) License revocation. The department may revoke a license in the following conditions:
a. Improvement of vision so that the operator is no longer eligible for participation in the business enterprises program;
b. Written notification from the vendor requesting withdrawal from the business enterprises program;
c. Failure to execute an operating agreement by abandoning a facility;
d. Determination that the vendor is not competent to manage a vending facility; or
e. Conviction of any theft or other felony involving the vending facility or the department.
ARC 1570B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 10, “Vocational Rehabilitation Services,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide for changes in vocational rehabilitation services.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C. Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800) 362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax (515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—10.1(216B) as follows:
111—10.1(216B) Function. Vocational rehabilitation services assist consumers eligible individuals to achieve an employment outcome consistent with their individual strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 111—10.3(216B) as follows:
111—10.3(216B) Application procedures. Persons desiring vocational rehabilitation services should contact the department and must complete the application process. An individual is considered to have submitted an application when the individual or the individual’s representative, as appropriate, (1) has completed and signed an agency application form; (2) has provided information necessary to initiate an assessment to determine eligibility and priority of services; and (3) is available to complete the assessment process. Persons desiring vocational rehabilitation services should contact the department office and must complete the application process.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 111—10.4(216B) as follows:
111—10.4(216B) Eligibility.
10.4(1) Eligibility for vocational rehabilitation shall be determined upon the presence of four basic conditions: (1) the existence of blindness as defined in rule 111— 1.4(216B); (2) the existence of blindness constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment; (3) the ability to benefit in terms of employment outcomes from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services the individual intends to achieve an employment outcome consistent with the individual’s unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice; and (4) the applicant requires vocational rehabilitation services to prepare for, secure, enter into, engage in, or retain, or regain gainful employment consistent with strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, and informed choice.
Applicants who meet the eligibility requirements stated in the paragraph above will be presumed to be able to benefit from vocational rehabilitation services in terms of an employment outcome, unless the department can prove with clear and convincing evidence that the applicant is incapable of benefiting in terms of an employment outcome from vocational rehabilitation services due to the severity of the applicant’s disability.
Any applicant who has been determined eligible for social security benefits under Title II or Title XVI of the Social Security Act is (1) presumed eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, and (2) considered an individual with a significant disability.
No duration of residence requirement is imposed thatexcludes from services any applicant who is present in the state. No applicant or group of applicants is excluded or found ineligible solely on the basis of the type of disability. The eligibility requirements are applied without regard to the age, gender, race, color, creed, or national origin of the applicant.; type of expected employment outcome; source of referral; or The eligibility requirements are applied without regard to the particular service needs or anticipated cost of services required by an applicant or the income level of an applicant or applicant’s family.
Nothing in this rule is to be construed to create an entitlement to any vocational rehabilitation service.
10.4(2) No change.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 111—10.5(216B) as follows:
111—10.5(216B) Services.
10.5(1) Vocational rehabilitation services are any services described in an individualized plan for employment necessary to assist an individual in preparing for, securing, retaining, or regaining an employment outcome that is consistent with the strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice of the individual.
Services may include the following: assessment for determining eligibility and priority for services; assessment for determining vocational rehabilitation needs; vocational rehabilitation counseling and guidance; referral and other services necessary to secure needed services from other agencies and to advise individuals about the client assistance program; physical and mental restoration; vocational and other training services, including personal and vocational adjustment training; maintenance; transportation; vocational rehabilitation services to family members; interpreter services for individuals who are deaf–blind,; reader services,; rehabilitation teaching services,; orientation and mobility services,; job–related services, including recruitment and training services to provide new employment opportunities in fields of appropriate public service; job search, and placement assistance, and job retention services, follow–up services and follow–along services; supported employment services; personal assistance services; postemployment services; occupational licenses, tools, equipment, initial stocks and supplies; rehabilitation technology; transition services; technical assistance and other consultation services to eligible individuals who are pursuing self–employment or telecommuting or establishing a small business operation as an employment outcome; acquisition of equipment; purchase and distribution of education, professional, and other materials to be used by groups of individuals with disabilities; purchase and maintenance of equipment in connection with these materials; special tools, aids and devices to assist consumers in achieving self–sufficiency; and provision of other goods and services considered beneficial to vocational rehabilitation determined necessary to achieve an employment outcome.
10.5(2) Services for groups of individuals who are blind. The department may also provide for the following vocational rehabilitation services for the benefit of groups of individuals who are blind: (1) The establishment, development or improvement of a public or other nonprofit community rehabilitation program that is used to provide vocational rehabil–itation services that promote integration and competitive employment including, under special circumstances, the construction of a facility. (2) Telecommunication systems that have the potential for substantially improving vocational rehabilitation service delivery methods and developing appropriate programming to meet the particular needs of individuals who are blind, including telephone, television, video description services, satellite, tactile–vibratory devices, and similar systems, as appropriate. (3) Special services to provide nonvisual access to information for individuals who are blind, including the use of telecommunications, braille, sound recordings, or other appropriate media; tactile materials for individuals who are deaf–blind; and other special services that provide information through tactile, vibratory, auditory, and visual media. (4) Technical assistance and support services to businesses that are not subject to Title I of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and that are seeking to employ individuals with disabilities. (5) In the case of any small business enterprise operated by individuals with significant disabilities under the supervision of thedepartment, including enterprises established under the Randolph–Sheppard program, management services and supervision provided by the department along with the acquisition by the department of vending facilities or other equipment, initial stocks and supplies, and initial operating expenses. (6) Other services that promise to contribute substantially to the rehabilitation of a group of individuals but that are not related directly to the individualized plan for employment of any one individual. (7) Consultative and technical assistance services to assist educational agencies in planning for the transition of students with disabilities from school to postschool activities, including employment.
10.5(3) Joint planning between an eligible individual and staff will be employed in the development of the individual written rehabilitation plan for employment in order to determine which specific services may be needed and to ensure that the individual has the opportunity to make an informed choice regarding vocational rehabilitation employment goals and objectives. The following factors may be taken into account in arriving at a decision as to what services will be provided: the individual’s strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 111—10.6(216B) as follows:
111—10.6(216B) Consideration of comparable services and benefits.
10.6(1) Prior to providing any vocational rehabilitation services, except those services listed in subrule 10.6(3), to an eligible individual or to members of the individual’s family, the department must determine whether comparable services and benefits exist under any other program and if those services and benefits are available to the individual. Full consideration is given to any comparable service or benefit available to an eligible blind person under any program, except for grants or awards from organizations of the blind, prior to the provision of services to the individual or members of the individual’s family, except for those services listed in subrule 10.6(3).
10.6(2) To the extent that an individual is eligible for comparable services or benefits, they are utilized insofar as they are adequate and do not interfere with achieving the rehabil–itation objective of the individual interrupt or delay: (1) the progress of the individual toward achieving the employment outcome identified in the individualized plan for employment or an immediate job placement; or (2) the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to any individual who is determined to be at extreme medical risk.
10.6(3) The following services are exempt from a consideration of comparable services and benefits under subrule 10.6(1) above: (1) assessment for determining eligibility; assessment for determining and vocational rehabilitation needs; (2) vocational rehabilitation counseling, and guidance, and; (3) referral services to other agencies; (4) job–related services, including job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow–up services, and follow–along services; vocational and other training services, including personal and vocational adjustment training, books, tools, and other training materials, except that no training or training services in an institution of higher education (universities, colleges, community or junior colleges, vocational schools, technical institutes, or hospital schools of nursing) may be paid with vocational rehabilitation funds unless maximum efforts have been made to secure grant assistance in whole or in part from other sources to pay for the training or training services (5) rehabilitation technology services; and (6) postemployment services.
10.6(4) No change.
10.6(5) In the event that severe revenue shortages make budget reductions necessary, the department may invoke a limitation on payment of tuition each semester to a rate no greater than the maximum tuition rate effective at institutions operated by the Iowa board of regents for each semester of the consumer’s individual’s enrollment. When it is necessary to invoke this limitation with general notice to the public and to consumers individuals potentially affected, exceptions may be made in cases in which a reasonable necessity for a waiver can be demonstrated, the consumer’s individual’s counselor recommends a waiver, and the program administrator approves the waiver before the consumer’s individual’s enrollment. In no case, however, shall this rule be construed as discouragement of a consumer’s an individual’s attending private or out–of–state institutions when utilization of other available funds makes it possible to do so.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 111—10.8(216B), introductory paragraph, as follows:
111—10.8(216B) Dispute resolution process. This rule defines the procedures under which the dispute resolution proc–ess, required by the federal Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended through 1998, shall be conducted by the department.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 10.8(4), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The impartial hearing officer shall be an individual who is not an employee of a public agency other than an administrative law judge, hearing examiner, or employee of an institution of higher education. (An individual is not an employee of a public agency solely because the individual is paid by that agency to serve as a hearing officer.) The impartial hearing officer: (1) is not a member of the commission for the blind; (2) has not been involved in previous decisions regarding the vocational rehabilitation of the applicant or eligible individual; (3) has knowledge of the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services, the state plan, and the federal regulations and state regulations rules governing the provision of services; (4) has received training with respect to the performance of official duties; and (5) has no personal, professional, or financial interest that would be in conflict with the hearing officer’s objectivity. The director may also request that other designated department personnel be present at the formal hearing. At the request of the applicant or eligible individual, a representative of the applicant or eligible individual and a representative of the Iowa client assistance program may also be present. Any of these persons shall have the opportunity to present relevant evidence.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 10.8(4), paragraphs “e” and “f,” as follows:
e. Within 30 days of the completion of the formal hearing, the decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be mailed to the applicant or eligible individual or, if appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible individual’s representative, and the director. A representative of the Iowa client assistance program who has attended the formal hearing shall also receive a copy of the decision. The applicant or eligible individual may receive a copy of the tape–recorded transcript of the hearing upon written request to the director.
The decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be based upon the provisions of the approved state plan, the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended through 1998, federal vocational rehabilitation regulations, and state regulations rules and policies.
f. The decision of the impartial hearing officer is final.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 10.8(5) as follows:
10.8(5) Documents provided. Transcripts, notices, responses, and other documents which are an integral part of the dispute resolution process shall be provided to involved parties in standard print format. An applicant or eligible individual, or representative of an applicant or eligible individual, or other involved party may request provision of documents in the alternative medium of braille, cassette tape, or large–type format. Documents in the alternative medium shall be provided in a timely manner.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 111—10.9(216B) as follows:
111—10.9(216B) Applicant Applicant’s and consumer eligible individual’s rights. The counselor/teacher must inform the applicant or consumer eligible individual of the applicant’s or consumer’s eligible individual’s rights as follows:
10.9(1) and 10.9(2) No change.
10.9(3) The individual written rehabilitation plan for employment will include a statement that the consumer individual has been informed of the department’s policies regarding administrative review, fair hearing, confidentiality of rec–ords and nondiscrimination.
10.9(4) Upon termination of services through the standard case closure procedure, the consumer individual shall be given a written statement of the right to appeal the termination, including information about services available through the Iowa client assistance program.
10.9(5) When disagreement occurs, staff shall verbally inform the applicant or consumer individual of the right to appeal and provide information about services available through the Iowa client assistance program.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 111—10.10(17A) as follows:
111—10.10(17A) Forms. The following forms are used by the vocational rehabilitation services program:
1. Application for rehabilitation services—used for application for vocational rehabilitation services from the department. Also contains statement of compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and release of information form.
2. Individual Written Rehabilitation Plan (IWRP) plan for employment (IPE)—used by the counselor/teacher and consumer individual to develop a blind person’s program for rehabilitation. Printed on the form are the following statements: mutual agreement and understanding between consumer individual and counselor; department’s program responsibilities; consumer individual responsibilities; review and evaluation of progress toward objectives and goal; and consumer individual rights and remedies. In addition, the IWRP IPE provides for mutual development of a vocational goal, intermediate objectives, summary of planned services, accepted criteria for review and evaluation purposes and consumer individual acceptance and response.
ITEM 12. Amend 111—Chapter 10, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.3 and chapter 216B.
ARC 1571B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 11, “Independent Living Rehabilitation Services,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide for changes in the independent living rehabilitation services program.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C. Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800) 362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax (515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rules 111—11.2(216B) to 111— 11.5(216B) as follows:
111—11.2(216B) Services. In addition to appropriate vocational rehabilitation services enumerated in rule 111—10.2 10.5(216B), independent living rehabilitation services may include, but are not limited to: teaching alternative techniques of blindness; guidance and counseling; orientation and mobility training; referral; recreational activities; provision and instruction in the use of telecommunication, sensory and other technological aids and devices; and provision of technical assistance through consultation with health care providers and other agencies and organizations who serve blind persons.
Joint planning between the client eligible individual and the staff will be employed in the development of the individualized written rehabilitation plan for independent living an independent living rehabilitation plan (ILRP) in order to identify independent living objectives and determine which specific services that will be most beneficial in achieving a client’s an eligible individual’s independence. Determination of services to be provided will be based on available resources, the constraints of the client’s desires and abilities and the professional judgement of the staff. Eligible individuals will be given the option of waiving the right to a formal, detailed ILRP and may choose to simply list their independent living objectives.
111—11.3(216B) State plan. The state plan for independent living (SPIL) rehabilitation services for the blind of Iowa is developed pursuant to federal regulations every three years and is submitted to the United States Department of Education, rehabilitation services administration. The plan SPIL delineates expenditure of funds, describes administrative procedures, establishes program goals, and identifies the scope and extent of services and guidelines for expenditure of funds. It is developed, implemented, and evaluated jointly by the Iowa department for the blind, the department of education, division of vocational rehabilitation services, and the Iowa statewide independent living council. The SPIL must be reviewed and revised as necessary but not less than once every three years.
111—11.4(216B) Independent living council of Iowa. Application for independent living services for older individuals who are blind. The independent living council of Iowa provides guidance for the development and expansion of independent living programs and policies. The application delineates expenditure of funds, establishes program goals, identifies the scope and extent of services, and defines a plan of operation. The application is submitted to the U.S. Department of Education, rehabilitation services administration.
11.4(1) The director of the department and the administrator of the division of vocational rehabilitation services of the department of education shall jointly appoint the members of the independent living council of Iowa. The administrator and the director shall jointly determine the size and makeup of the council which may include representatives of the principal state, local and nongovernmental agencies and groups concerned with independent living services; disabled persons or parents or guardians of disabled persons; directors of independent living centers; representatives from private business employing or interested in employing disabled persons; and representatives of other appropriate organizations or individuals.
11.4(2) A majority of the membership of the independent living council of Iowa shall be disabled persons or parents or guardians of disabled persons.
11.4(3) Two–thirds of the members of the council shall constitute a quorum. A vote of a majority of the members of the council shall be required to act in the name of the council. The council shall determine its own operating procedures. A chairperson for the council shall be selected from among the council membership.
11.4(4) The independent living council of Iowa shall submit to the commission a five–year plan addressing long–term goals and recommendations for independent living services in Iowa.
111—11.5(216B) Eligibility. Determination of eligibility for independent living rehabilitation services shall be based upon: (1) the existence of blindness as defined in 111— 1.4(216B) according to the examination of a licensed eye practitioner; (2) presence of a severe limitation in ability to function independently in family or community or to engage or continue in employment; and (3) a reasonable expectation that independent living rehabilitation services will significantly improve the individual’s ability to function independently in family or community or to engage or continue in employment. To be eligible for independent living rehabilitation services, an individual must meet the following criteria: (1) have a severe visual impairment; (2) either be aged 55 or older, or have a severe mental, cognitive, physical, or other sensory impairment; (3) experience a severe limitation in ability to function independently in the family or community, or to obtain, maintain, or advance in employment; and (4) there must be a reasonable expectation that independent living rehabilitation services will improve the individual’s ability to function, continue functioning, or move toward functioning independently in family or community, or to continue in employment.
Eligibility will be determined in compliance with applicable federal and state laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age, race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion or disability. Provision of independent living rehabilitation services is not contingent upon economic need. No duration of residence requirement is imposed that excludes from services any applicant who is present in the state.
11.5(1) No residence requirement, durational or other, which excludes from services any otherwise eligible individual who is present in the state may be imposed.
11.5(2) Provision of independent living rehabilitation services is not contingent upon economic need.
ITEM 2. Amend rules 111—11.7(216B) to 111— 11.11(216B) as follows:
111—11.7(216B) Consideration of comparable services and benefits.
11.7(1) Full consideration is given to any comparable services and benefits available to a blind person under any program (for example, workers’ compensation, supplemental security income, social security disability insurance) to meet in whole or in part the cost of independent living rehabilitation services provided to an individual except evaluation of independent living rehabilitation potential; counseling, guidance, and referral; vocational and other training services, including personal and vocational adjustment training, books, tools and other training materials which are not provided in institutions of higher learning; services to members of the individual’s family; rehabilitation engineering services, placement and postemployment services assessment for determining eligibility and independent living rehabilitation needs; counseling and guidance; information and referral; and personal and vocational adjustment training and related training supplies.
11.7(2) Full consideration of comparable services and benefits shall not be given when this consideration would delay the provision of services to an individual at extreme medical risk, as defined in 111—1.4(216B). A determination of extreme medical risk shall be based upon medical evidence provided by an appropriately licensed medical professional.
111—11.8(216B) Termination of services.
11.8(1) A decision to terminate independent living reha–bilitation services shall be made only with the full participation of the client, eligible individual or, as appropriate, the client’s eligible individual’s parent, guardian or other representative, unless the client eligible individual has refused to participate, the client eligible individual is no longer present in the state, or the client’s eligible individual’s whereabouts are unknown. The views of the client or the client’s representative concerning the decision shall be recorded in the individualized written rehabilitation plan.
11.8(2) A client An eligible individual who is dissatisfied with a decision the determination to terminate services may appeal the determination as provided in rule 111— 11.9(216B).
111—11.9(216B) Administrative review and formal hearing. Dispute resolution process. Administrative review is a procedure by which the agency may provide an opportunity for an applicant or client to express and seek remedy for dissatisfaction with a decision regarding provision or denial of services. Formal hearing is a procedure whereby an applicant or client who is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review or any determinations made concerning the furnishing or denial of services may seek redetermination of the action or request a timely review of those determinations before an impartial hearing officer. This rule defines the procedures under which the dispute resolution process shall be conducted by the department.
11.9(1) Definitions.
“Administrative review” means a procedure by which the department may provide an opportunity for an applicant or eligible individual to express and seek remedy for dissatisfaction with a decision regarding the furnishing or denial of services.
“Formal hearing” means a procedure whereby an applicant or eligible individual who is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review or mediation concerning the furnishing or denial of services may request a timely review of those determinations before an impartial hearing officer.
While the department encourages the use of the administrative review process to resolve grievances, the administrative review process is not to be used as a means to delay mediation or a formal hearing before an impartial hearing officer unless the parties jointly agree to a delay. An applicant or client eligible individual may elect to proceed directly either to mediation or to the formal hearing process. The department will not suspend, reduce, or terminate independent living rehabilitation services to any applicant or eligible individual throughout the administrative review, mediation or formal hearing process before a final agreement or decision is made, unless the applicant or eligible individual or, as appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible individual’s representative so requests, or the department has evidence that the services have been obtained through misrepresentation, fraud, collusion, or criminal conduct on the part of the applicant or eligible individual.
“Mediation” means an alternative which an applicant or eligible individual may choose if the applicant or eligible individual is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review concerning the furnishing or denial of services.
11.9(1 2) Administrative review. An applicant for, or client eligible individual of, independent living rehabilitation services may request review of a decision regarding provision or denial of services with which they are the applicant or eligible individual is dissatisfied by submitting a letter to the division program administrator for independent living rehabilitation services of field operations.
a. The division program administrator shall acknowledge receipt of the letter and arrangements shall be made for the administrative review to be held at a mutually convenient date, time and place which shall be within 15 ten days after receipt of the request for review. The applicant or eligible individual shall also be notified of the applicant’s or eligible individual’s right to obtain assistance through the Iowa client assistance program.
b. The administrative review shall consist of: review of the case file and any other documentation involved in the subject matter of the review; interviews with the counselor/teacher service specialist for the blind and any others directly involved with the subject matter of the review; and an interview with the client or applicant, or the parent, guardian or representative of the client or applicant the applicant or eligible individual or, as appropriate, a representative of the applicant or eligible individual.
c. The division program administrator shall issue a written decision within seven five days of the review. The decision shall set forth the issue, principle, and relevant facts established during the review; pertinent provisions of law, administrative rule or agency department policy; and the reasoning upon which the decision is based. The letter transmitting the decision shall advise the applicant or client eligible individual that the applicant or client eligible individual shall inform the division program administrator within seven days that either: (1) the applicant or client eligible individual accepts the decision; or (2) the applicant or client eligible individual does not accept the decision and wishes to proceed either to mediation or to a formal hearing.
d. A record of the decision and any action resulting from the decision shall be mailed sent to the applicant or client eligible individual by certified mail. The decision and a record of any action resulting from the decision shall be entered into the case file.
11.9(3) Mediation. An applicant or eligible individual who is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review or has elected to bypass the administrative review proc–ess may request mediation by submitting a letter to the program administrator. This letter must be received within seven days of the date of determination of the administrative review, if an administrative review has been conducted.
a. The program administrator shall acknowledge receipt of the request for mediation and shall make arrangements for mediation to occur within 30 days of the request to initiate the dispute resolution process. The date, time, and place shall be mutually agreeable to all parties. The applicant or eligible individual shall be notified in writing of the right to submit evidence or information to support the applicant’s or eligible individual’s position and to obtain representation to be present during the mediation sessions. The applicant or eligible individual shall also be notified of the applicant’s or eligible individual’s right to obtain assistance through the Iowa client assistance program. All mediation sessions shall be held in a timely manner and shall be concluded within 45 days of the date that the applicant or eligible individual initiated the dispute resolution process, unless an extension of this time is agreed upon by all parties. The department will pay costs for the mediator and, when appropriate, transportation, meals and lodging expenses for the applicant or eligible individual which are directly associated with the mediation process. The program administrator will determine who will represent the department during mediation sessions.
b. The department in conjunction with the Iowa department of education, division of vocational rehabilitation services, will maintain a list of individuals who are impartial, qualified mediators and knowledgeable in laws (including regulations) relating to the provision of vocational rehabil–itation and independent living rehabilitation services. Potential mediators will be identified by the division of vocational rehabilitation services utilizing three primary sources: mediators used by the department of education, the Iowa peace institute, and the Iowa extension services. The department and the division of vocational rehabilitation services will train potential mediators in the laws and regulations governing vocational rehabilitation and independent living rehabilitation services.
c. A mediator will be selected at random or by agreement of the director and the applicant or eligible individual or, as appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible individual’s representative from the list described in paragraph 11.9(3)“b.”
d. Discussions which occur during the mediation proc–ess shall be confidential and shall not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding.
e. All agreements reached by the parties to the dispute and the mediation process shall be set forth in a written mediation agreement. This agreement shall be prepared by the mediator and mailed within seven days to all parties.
f. Either party to the dispute may request a formal hearing. This request must be in writing and must be submitted to the director within seven days of the date of the written mediation agreement.
11.9(2 4) Formal hearing. An applicant for, or client eligible individual of, independent living rehabilitation services, who is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review, or who is dissatisfied with any determinations made concerning the furnishing or denial of independent living rehabilitation services or the findings of an and has elected to bypass the administrative review or mediation if an administrative review or mediation took place process may request a formal hearing by submitting a letter to the division administrator director.
a. The director shall acknowledge receipt of the request and make arrangements for a formal hearing to be held within 45 days of the request of the applicant or client eligible individual to initiate the administrative review and formal hearing dispute resolution process at a date, time and place mutually agreeable to both parties. The applicant or client eligible individual shall also be notified of the right to have a representative present at the formal hearing and to seek assistance through the Iowa client assistance program. Reasonable time extensions shall be granted for good cause shown at the request of a party or at the request of both parties.
b. The director shall appoint an impartial hearing officer who, insofar as possible, has not taken part in the action under consideration. As specified in section 361 of the federal regulations, the impartial hearing officer shall be an individual who: (1) is not an employee of the department or of any public agency involved in decisions regarding the furnishing or denial of rehabilitation services to a vocational rehabilitation applicant or client. An individual is not an employee of a public agency solely because the individual is paid by that agency to serve as a hearing officer; (2) has not been involved in previous decisions regarding the vocational rehabilitation applicant or client; (3) has background and experience in, and knowledge of, the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services; and (4) has no personal or financial interest that would be in conflict with the individual’s objectivity. The director may also request that the counselor/teacher or the division administrator be present at the formal hearing impartial hearing officer shall be an individual who is not an employee of a public agency other than an administrative law judge, hearing examiner, or employee of an institution of higher education. (An individual is not an employee of a public agency solely because the individual is paid by that agency to serve as a hearing officer.) The impartial hearing officer (1) is not a member of the commission for the blind; (2) has not been involved in previous decisions regarding the independent living rehabilitation services of the applicant or eligible individual; (3) has knowledge of the delivery of independent living rehabilitation services, the state plan, and the federal regulations and state rules governing the provision of services; (4) has received training with respect to the performance of official duties; and (5) has no personal, professional, or financial interest that would be in conflict with the hearing officer’s objectivity. The director may also request that other designated department personnel be present at the formal hearing. At the request of the applicant or client eligible individual, a representative of the applicant or client eligible individual and a representative of the Iowa client assistance program may also be present. Any of these persons shall have the opportunity to present relevant evidence.
c. An impartial hearing officer must be selected on a random basis or by agreement between the director and the applicant or eligible individual or, as appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible individual’s representative from a pool of persons qualified to be an impartial hearing officer.
c d. The impartial hearing officer shall inform those present of the confidentiality of matters discussed. The proceedings shall be recorded and transcribed.
d e. Within 30 days of the completion of the formal hearing, the decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be mailed to the applicant or client eligible individual or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or other applicant’s or eligible individual’s representative, and the director, division administrator and counselor/teacher. A representative of the Iowa client assistance program who has attended a the formal hearing shall also receive a copy of the decision. The decision shall be sent to the applicant or client or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or other representative by certified mail. The applicant or client eligible individual may receive a copy of the tape–recorded transcript of the hearing upon written request to the director.
The decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be based upon the provisions of the approved state plan for independent living, and the federal Rehabilitation Act, as amended, and state rules and policies.
e f. The director may concur with the decision of the impartial hearing officer or may decide to further review the decision. If the director concurs with the decision of the impartial hearing officer, the director shall issue a written statement concurring with the decision of the impartial hearing officer within 20 days of the certified mailing date of the impartial hearing officer’s decision. The statement shall include the date of issuance; the name of the applicant or client; reference to relevant statutes, rules, policies or previous decisions; the particular facts upon which the decision of the impartial hearing officer was based; and the reasons for the decision. A copy of the statement of concurrence shall be sent by certified mail to the applicant or client. The decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be effective on the date of issuance of the statement of concurrence by the director is final.
f. If the director decides to review the impartial hearing officer’s decision, the director shall notify the applicant or client or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or representative by certified mail, within 20 days of the certified mailing date of the impartial hearing officer’s decision, of intent to review the decision in whole or in part. The applicant or client or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or representative shall have an opportunity to submit additional evidence or information relevant to a final decision.
If the director fails to provide notice of intent to review the impartial hearing officer’s decision as required in these rules, the impartial hearing officer’s decision becomes a final decision.
g. Within 30 days of the date of notice of intent to review the impartial hearing officer’s decision mailed to the applicant or client, the director shall issue a written decision which shall include the date of issuance; the name of the applicant or client; reference to relevant statutes, rules, policies, or previous decisions; the particular facts upon which the decision is based; and the reasons for the decision. A copy of the decision shall be mailed by certified mail to the applicant or client or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or other representative. The decision shall be effective on the date of issuance.
h. The director may not delegate the responsibility for decision making in the formal hearing process to any other officer or employee of the department.
11.9(3 5) Documents provided. Transcripts, notices, responses and other documents which are an integral part of the administrative review and formal hearing dispute resolution process shall be provided to involved parties in standard print format. An applicant or client eligible individual, or representative of an applicant or client eligible individual, or other involved party, may request provision of documents in the alternative medium of braille, cassette tape or large–type format media. Documents in the alternative medium media shall be provided in a timely manner.
111—11.10(216B) Applicant and client Applicant’s and eligible individual’s rights. The counselor/teacher service specialist for the blind must inform the applicant or client eligible individual of the applicant applicant’s or client’s eligible individual’s rights as follows:
11.10(1) A written statement of rights, which sets forth Written information on the Iowa client assistance program and on the department’s policies and practices with regard to administrative review, fair hearing, confidentiality of records and nondiscrimination shall be provided to the applicant as part of the application process. This information shall also be made available in the applicant’s media of choice. Language interpreters will be used as necessary.
11.10(2) When an applicant is determined ineligible to receive independent living rehabilitation services, the applicant shall receive written notification of the right to appeal and information concerning services available through the Iowa client assistance program.
11.10(3) The individualized written independent living rehabilitation plan will include a statement that information in the client has been informed of eligible individual’s media of choice on the department’s policies regarding administrative review, fair hearing, confidentiality of records and nondiscrimination. Language interpreters will be used as necessary.
11.10(4) Upon termination of services through the standard case closure procedure a case due to ineligibility, the client individual shall be given a written statement of information in the eligible individual’s media of choice on the right to appeal the termination, including information about services available through the Iowa client assistance program. Language interpreters will be used as necessary.
11.10(5) When disagreement occurs, staff shall verbally inform the applicant or client individual of the right to appeal and provide information about services available through the Iowa client assistance program.
111—11.11(216B) Forms. The following forms are used by the independent living rehabilitation services program:
1. Application for Independent Living Rehabilitation Services—used for application for independent living rehabilitation services from the department.
2. Individualized Written Independent Living Rehabil–itation Plan (IWRP ILRP)—used to develop a blind person’s program for rehabilitation by providing for mutual development of goals, objectives, a summary of planned services, criteria for review and evaluation and a time frame for completion of services.
3. Waiver of Independent Living Rehabilitation Plan—a signed statement acknowledging the eligible individual’s choice to waive an ILRP and instead simply list the eligible individual’s independent living objectives.
ARC 1569B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section and 216B.6, the Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 13, “Public Records and Fair Information Practices,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments update the requirements for public records, confidentiality, and fair information practices in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 22.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C. Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800) 362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax (515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 22, and 216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—13.1(17A,22), definition of “case record,” as follows:
“Case record ” means the file of personally identifiable or confidential information on a client, collected pursuant to the provisions of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 13.3(2) and 13.3(3) as follows:
13.3(2) Office hours. Open records shall be made available during all customary office hours, which are between8 a.m. and 4:30 5 p.m. daily, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.
13.3(3) Request for access. Requests for access to open records may be made in writing, in person, by electronic mail, or by telephone. Requests shall identify the particular records sought by name or description in order to facilitate the location of the record. Mail or telephone requests shall include the name, address, and phone number of the person requesting the information. A person shall not be required to give a reason for requesting an open record.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 13.13(2) as follows:
Amend agency program area “Independent Living Rehabilitation Services” by adopting the following new entries in alphabetical order:
Records Statutory Authority
Client master list Iowa Code section 259.1
Client satisfaction survey Iowa Code section 259.1
Amend agency program area “Vocational Rehabilitation Services” by adopting the following new entries in alphabetical order:
Records Statutory Authority
Client master list Iowa Code section 259.1
Client satisfaction survey Iowa Code section 259.1
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 13.13(4) as follows:
Amend agency program area “Independent Living Rehabilitation Services” by adopting the following new entries in alphabetical order:
Records
RSA 704 report
RSA 7OB report
Amend agency program area “Library for the Blind and Physically Handicapped” by amending the following entry:
Records
Iowa Lions sight and hearing foundation
Amend agency program area “Vocational Rehabilitation” by amending the following entry:
Records
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended 1986
Amend agency program area “Business Enterprise Program” by amending the following entry:
Records Statutory Authority
Vending facilities Iowa Code section 259.1
(33 all locations)
NOTICE—CIVIL REPARATIONS TRUST FUND
Pursuant to Iowa Administrative Code 361—subrule 12.2(1), the Executive Council gives Notice that the Civil Reparations Trust Fund balance as of March 28, 2002, is approximately $222,000.00. Money in the Civil Reparations Trust Fund is available for use for indigent civil litigation programs or insurance assistance programs. Application forms are available in the office of the State Treasurer by contacting GeorgAnna Madsen, Executive Secretary, State Capitol Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; telephone (515)281–5368. Applications must be filed on the thirtieth day after the date of publication of this Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, or on the thirtieth day after the date affixed to the Notice sent by first–class mail, whichever is later. Any person/company that would like to receive future notices should make request in writing to the above–mentioned contact. Rules regarding the Civil Reparations Trust Fund can be found at 361 IAC Chapter 12.
ARC 1559B
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.512, the Department of Corrections hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 20, “Institutions Administration,” and to rescind Chapter 21, “Iowa State Penitentiary,” Chapter 22, “Iowa State Men’s Reformatory,” Chapter 23, “Iowa Correctional Institution for Women,” Chapter 24, “Medium Security Facility,” Chapter 25, “Correctional Treatment Unit,” Chapter 26, “North Central Correctional Facility,” Chapter 27, “Iowa Medical and Classification Center,” Chapter 28, “Newton Correctional Facility,” and Chapter 29, “Fort Dodge Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules provide for the visitation schedule at each Department of Corrections institution. 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304, was recently passed by the Iowa General Assembly, signed into law by Governor Thomas J. Vilsack on March 1, 2002, and became effective immediately. 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304, requires the Department to achieve mandatory furlough savings of $1.7 million by June 30, 2002. Other budgetary reductions, staff vacancies, early retirements, layoffs and staff turnover have directly impacted the Department’s ability to provide the privilege of visitation for offenders.
Governor Thomas J. Vilsack issued Executive Order Number 8, which requires state agencies to successfully identify and eliminate outdated, redundant, ineffective, or otherwise unnecessary rules to reduce inconvenience and confusion and increase public confidence in state government. To achieve this goal, the Department proposes to rescind Chapters 21 to 29, each of which governs institutional visitation, and to incorporate new language in Chapter 20 to govern all institutional visitation.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because of the underlying budget constraints. Needed savings would not be achieved if waivers were provided.
The substance of these amendments was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 1592B. The purpose of this Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is incorporated by reference.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before May 21, 2002. Such written material should be sent to the Director of Policy and Legal Services, Corrections Department, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, from11 a.m. to 1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have special requirements should contact the Department of Corrections and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 904.512.
ARC 1580B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment clarifies and strengthens the requirements for the issuance of the English as a second language endorsement. This amendment reduces the number of content hours required and also aligns the requirements with national standards for teaching English as a second language.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment on May 21, 2002, at 1:30 p.m. in the State Board Conference Room, Second Floor, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515) 281–5849 prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax communication may be sent to (515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m. on May 22, 2002. Written comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, orE–mailed to anne.kruse@ed.state.ia.us.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopted a uniform waiver rule.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend subrule 14.140(4) as follows:
14.140(4) English as a second language (ESL). K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach English as a second language in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 18 semester hours of coursework in English as a second language to include the following:
1. Teaching English as a second language.
2. Applied linguistics.
3. Language in culture.
4. Bilingual education.
5. Nature of language.
6. Process of language acquisition.
1. Knowledge of pedagogy to include the following:
Methods and curriculum to include the following:
— Bilingual and ESL methods.
— Literacy in native and second language.
— Methods for subject matter content.
— Adaptation and modification of curriculum.
Assessment to include language proficiency and academic content.
2. Knowledge of linguistics to include the following:
Psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics.
Language acquisition and proficiency to include the following:
— Knowledge of first and second language proficiency.
— Knowledge of first and second language acquisition.
Language to include structure and grammar of English.
3. Knowledge of cultural and linguistic diversity to include the following:
History.
Theory, models, and research.
Policy and legislation.
Current issues with transient populations.
ARC 1594B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Amended Notice of Intended Action
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 217.6 and 234.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 14, “Offset of County Debts Owed Department,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
Amendments to correct organizational references related to offset of county debts owed the Department were published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1418B. The Department is amending the Notice of Intended Action to clarify the appeal process to be used when an offset occurs.
These amendments specify that the first avenue available to a county that disagrees with a notice of liability is to request an administrative review from the Department’s Division of Fiscal Management. If, after review, the Department decides to proceed with an offset, the county has a right to request a contested case proceeding under Iowa Code chapter 17A at the point when the county receives a notice of potential offset from the Department. This proceeding shall conform to the Department’s standard procedures for appeals and hearings, as provided in 441—Chapter 7.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because these amendments merely correct organizational references and clarify the offset process. The same process should apply in all cases.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed amendments on or before May 22, 2002. Comments or suggestions should be addressed to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980; or by electronic mail to policyanalysis@ dhs.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 217.6 and 234.6.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—14.2(234) as follows:
Amend subrule 14.2(1), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Require the county to send a written response request for review to the bureau of finance division of fiscal management within 20 calendar days of the date of notification if the county disputes the bill.
Rescind subrule 14.2(2) and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
14.2(2) Request for administrative review. The county may request an administrative review by providing to the division of fiscal management within 20 calendar days of the date of the notice of liability a written response that states why the county disagrees with the amount owed. The county shall provide any relevant legal citations, client identifiers, and any additional information supporting the county’s position.
Amend subrule 14.2(3) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph and paragraph “a” as follows:
14.2(3) Review Administrative review of county response regarding debt. The bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall review within ten 20 calendar days of receipt of the written response request the basis for the bill and the county’s position as stated in the written response request for review. The division of fiscal management shall notify the county of the findings of the review.
a. The bureau of finance division shall make the necessary adjustments to subsequent billings sent to the county when the bureau of finance division agrees with the county’s position regarding the liability and shall so notify the county.
Rescind paragraph “b” and adopt the following new paragraph in lieu thereof:
b. Any further disputes concerning the amount due shall be addressed when the offset notice is issued pursuant to rule 441—14.4(234).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—14.3(234) as follows:
441—14.3(217,234) List of counties with amounts owed.
14.3(1) Notification to department of revenue and finance. The bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall provide to the department of revenue and finance a list of the counties with amounts owed as established through rule 441—14.2(234). This list shall be maintained by the department of revenue and finance in a liability file.
14.3(2) Notification of change. The bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall notify the department of revenue and finance of any change in the status of a debt in the liability file within 30 calendar days from the occurrence of the change.
14.3(3) Certification of file. The bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall certify the file to the department of revenue and finance semiannually in a manner prescribed by the department of revenue and finance.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 14.4(1) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
14.4(1) Notice. The bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall send notification to the county within ten calendar days from the date the bureau of finance is notified by department of revenue and finance notifies the department of revenue and finance division of a potential offset. This notification shall include:
Amend paragraph “e,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
e. The county’s right to appeal the offset pursuant to 441—Chapter 7. The county shall have 30 days to request an appeal. The procedure the county follows request for appeal is: should include any relevant legal citations and any additional information supporting the county’s position.
Further amend paragraph “e” by rescinding subparagraphs (1) and (2).
Amend paragraph “f” as follows:
f. The county shall waive any right to appeal if the county fails to respond within 20 30 calendar days of the date of notification.
Amend paragraph “g” as follows:
g. The bureau of finance telephone number for the county to contact in the case of questions.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—14.5(234) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—14.5(217,234) Review of county response regarding offset Implementing the final decision. The bureau of finance shall review within ten calendar days of receipt of the written response the basis for the offset and the county’s position as stated in the written appeal. When the final decision issued pursuant to rule 441—7.16(17A) upholds the department’s action or modifies the amount of offset, the division of fiscal management shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that the requirements for offset under Iowa Code section 421.17 have been met. When the final decision reverses the department’s action, the division of fiscal management shall notify the department of revenue and finance to release the offset.
Rescind subrules 14.5(1) and 14.5(2).
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 14.6(2) as follows:
14.6(2) Notification to county. Once the offset has been completed, the bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall notify the county of the action taken along with the balance, if any, still due to the department.
ITEM 6. Amend 441—Chapter 14, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section sections 217.6 and 234.6.
ARC 1595B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 77, “Conditions of Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration, and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” and Chapter 83, “Medicaid Waiver Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments:
Require that all providers of home– and community–based waiver services must be at least 18 years old, as recommended by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).
Prohibit the spouse of a consumer or the parent or stepparent of a consumer who is a minor from being a paid provider of waiver services to that consumer.
Allow providers certified for supported community services under the brain injury waiver to provide interim medical monitoring and treatment services under the brain injury, ill and handicapped, and mental retardation waivers. Under the current rules, only supported community living providers certified under the mental retardation waiver are allowed to provide these services.
Remove restrictions on four–bed living units under the brain injury and mental retardation waivers. Providers are no longer limited to structures that they owned or operated as of November 4, 1994, and are no longer required to justify the need for a four–bed facility. The only remaining restriction on approval of a four–bed unit is the avoidance of an overconcentration of programs in one geographic area. Limits and requirements for conversion of licensed residential care facilities are removed, in compliance with 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 160. Four–bed residential care facilities are not required to surrender their residential care licenses to participate as supported community living providers.
Increase the limit on converted five–bed living units under the mental retardation waiver from 20 to 40, in compliance with 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 160, and incorporate the conditions for approval specified in Iowa Code section 135C.6(8)“b.”
Remove the restriction on residential–based supported community living providers under the mental retardation waiver to facilities owned or operated as of July 1, 1998.
Raise the limit on the number of beds in a supported community living unit under the brain injury waiver from three to four.
Remove the restriction on payment for home and vehicle modifications to $500 per month under the home– and community–based services brain injury, ill and handicapped, and physical disability waivers. Under current rules, the total cost of modifications in a year can be up to $6,000, but payment is released only $500 at a time. These amendments allow full payment to the provider upon completion of the modification. Up to $500 of the cost is encumbered monthly against the maximum allowable cost of service until the cost is amortized. The annual limit remains at $6,000.
Allow the unit of transportation services established by the area agency on aging and establish the rate set by the area agency on aging as the upper limit for reimbursement of transportation services under the brain injury and physical disability waivers, except when services are provided by an individual. This change makes transportation units and rates consistent across all waivers that cover transportation services.
Set the basis of reimbursement and reimbursement limits for supported community living providers providing interim medical monitoring and treatment services. Rates cannot exceed $32.62 per hour or the daily rate for ICF/MR care.
Limit the annual adjustment of retrospectively adjusted prospective rates to the lower of the actual reconciled rate based on the provider’s cost report or the previous rate adjusted by the consumer price index for the preceding state fiscal year.
Remove requirements for the use of several forms made unnecessary by the Individual Services Information System (ISIS).
Correct rules addressing Medicaid application forms to conform to changes made to rule 441—76.1(249A).
Update form numbers to the current designation.
Remove references to the Division of Medical Services, as a result of the Department’s restructuring.
Continue to standardize terminology across waivers.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because they only clarify or update terminology, confer benefits to consumers, providers, or Department staff, or are needed assist in compliance with CMS requirements. Individual consumers and providers may request waivers under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Any interested person may make written comments on the proposed amendments on or before May 22, 2002. Comments should be directed to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114. Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980 or by E–mail to policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
People appearing at the following meetings may make oral presentations or submit written comments:
Story County DHS Office
Second Floor Conference Room
126 South Kellogg Street
Ames, Iowa 50010
May 22, 2002
9 a.m.
Linn County DHS Office
Iowa Building
7th Floor Conference Room
411 Third Street SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
May 23, 2002
9 a.m.
Pottawattamie County DHS Office
Administrative Conference Room
417 East Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51503
May 22, 2002
9 a.m.
Scott County DHS Office
Bicentennial Building
Fifth Floor Conference Room
428 Western Avenue
Davenport, Iowa 52801
May 22, 2002
10 a.m.
Polk County DHS Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 102
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
May 22, 2002
10 a.m.
Dubuque County DHS Office
Nesler Center
3rd Floor Conference Room
8th & Main
Dubuque, Iowa 52001
May 22, 2002
9 a.m.
Woodbury County DHS Office
First Floor Conference Room
822 Douglas
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
May 22, 2002
1 p.m.
Black Hawk County DHS Office
Pinecrest Office Building, Room 213
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
May 23, 2002
10 a.m.
Anyone who intends to attend a public hearing and has special requirements, such as hearing or vision impairments, should contact the Office of Policy Analysis at (515) 281–8440 and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 135C.6, 249A.4, and 249A.12.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—77.30(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.30(249A) HCBS ill and handicapped waiver service providers. The following HCBS ill and handicapped waiver service providers shall be eligible to participate in the Medicaid program, provided that they meet services are rendered by a person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under, and that the provider meets the standards set forth below:
Amend subrule 77.30(8), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Supported community living providers certified according to subrule 77.37(14) or 77.39(13).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—77.33(249A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—77.33(249A) HCBS elderly waiver service providers. The following HCBS elderly waiver service providers shall be eligible to participate in the Medicaid program, provided that they meet services are rendered by a person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under, and that the provider meets the standards set forth below:
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—77.34(249A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—77.34(249A) HCBS AIDS/HIV waiver service providers. The following HCBS AIDS/HIV waiver service providers shall be eligible to participate in the Medicaid program, provided that they meet services are rendered by a person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under, and that the provider meets the standards set forth below:
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—77.37(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.37(249A) HCBS MR waiver service providers. Supported community living providers (except forresidential–based supported community living providers) and supported employment providers Providers shall be eligible to participate in the Medicaid program as approved HCBS MR service providers in the Medicaid program based on the outcome–based standards set forth below in subrules 77.37(1) and 77.37(2) evaluated according to subrules 77.37(10) to 77.37(12), if they meet the requirements of subrules 77.37(3) to 77.37(9), in this rule and the applicable subrules pertaining applicable to the individual service. Residential–based supported community living providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(23). Respite providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrules 77.37(1) and 77.37(15). Home and vehicle modification shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(17). Personal emergency response system providers shall meet the conditions set forth in sub–rule 77.37(18). Nursing providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(19). Home health aide providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(20). Consumer–directed attendant care providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(21). Interim medical monitoring and treatment providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(22).
The standards in subrule 77.37(1) apply only to providers of supported employment, respite providers, and providers of supported community living services that are not residential–based. The standards and certification processes in subrules 77.37(2) through 77.37(12) apply only to supported employment providers and non–residential–based supported community living providers.
The requirements in subrule 77.37(13) apply to all providers. Also, services must be rendered by a person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under.
Amend subrule 77.37(14), paragraph “e,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
e. Living units designed to serve more than three supported community living recipients consumers shall be approved only as follows:
Rescind subparagraphs (1) and (2) and adopt the following new subparagraphs in lieu thereof:
(1) The department shall approve living units designed to serve four consumers if the geographic location of the program does not result in an overconcentration of such programs in the area.
(2) The department shall approve the conversion of up to 40 five–person living units that have been licensed as residential care facilities for persons with mental retardation, under the terms of Iowa Code section 135C.6(8)“b.”
Amend subrule 77.37(22), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Supported community living providers certified according to subrule 77.37(14) or 77.39(13).
Amend subrule 77.37(23), paragraph “e,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
e. The residential–based supportive community living service provider shall also furnish residential–based living units for all recipients of the residential–based supported community living services. Except as provided herein, living units provided may be of no more than four beds. Service providers who receive approval from the division bureau of medical services’ long–term care approval may provide living units of up to eight beds. The division of medical services bureau shall approve five– to eight–bed living units only if all of the following conditions are met:
Rescind and reserve subparagraph (1).
Amend subparagraph (3), introductory paragraph, as follows:
(3) The provider supplies the division bureau of medical services long–term care with a written plan acceptable to the department that addresses how the provider will reduce its living units to four–bed units within a two–year period of time. This written plan shall include the following:
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—77.39(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.39(249A) HCBS brain injury waiver service providers. Adult day care, behavioral programming, case management, consumer–directed attendant care, family counseling and training, home and vehicle modification, interim medical monitoring and treatment, personal emergency response, prevocational service, respite, specialized medical equipment, supported community living, supported employment, and transportation providers shall be eligible to participate as approved brain injury waiver service providers in the Medicaid program based on the applicable subrules pertaining to the individual service and provided that they and each of their staff involved in direct consumer service have training regarding or experience with consumers who have a brain injury. Services must be rendered by a person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under. In addition, behavioral programming, supported community living, and supported employment providers shall meet the outcome–based standards set forth below in subrules 77.39(1) and 77.39(2) evaluated according to subrules 77.39(8) to 77.39(10), and the requirements of subrules 77.39(3) to 77.39(7). Respite providers shall also meet the standards in subrule 77.39(1).
Amend subrule 77.39(13), paragraph “d,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
d. The department shall approve living units designed to serve not more than four supported community living consumers meeting criteria listed below: if the geographic location of the program does not result in an overconcentration of programs in an area.
Rescind subparagraphs (1) and (2).
Amend subrule 77.39(25), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Supported community living providers certified according to subrule 77.37(14) or 77.39(13).
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—77.41(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.41(249A) HCBS physical disability waiver service providers. Consumer–directed attendant care, home and vehicle modification, personal emergency response system, specialized medical equipment, and transportation service providers shall be eligible to participate as approved physical disability waiver service providers in the Medicaid program based on the applicable subrules pertaining to the individual service. Enrolled providers shall maintain the certification listed in the applicable subrules in order to remain eligible providers. Services must be rendered by a person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under.
Amend subrule 77.41(1) as follows:
77.41(1) Enrollment process. Reviews of compliance with standards for initial enrollment shall be conducted by the department’s division of medical services quality assurance staff. Enrollment carries no assurance that the approved provider will receive funding.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 78.34(9), paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Service payment shall be made to the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider. If applicable, payment will be forwarded to the subcontracting agency by the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider following completion of the approved modifications. Payment of up to $6,000 per year may be made to certified providers upon satisfactory completion of the service. The service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the amount of the modification is reached within the 12–month period.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—78.43(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—78.43(249A) HCBS brain injury waiver services. Payment shall be approved for the following services to consumers eligible for the HCBS brain injury services as established in 441—Chapter 83 and as identified in the participant’s individual comprehensive plan (ICP) consumer’s service plan. All services shall include the applicable and necessary instructions, supervision, assistance and support as required by the consumer in achieving the goals written specifically in the ICP service plan. The services, amount and supports provided under the HCBS brain injury waiver shall be delivered in the least restrictive environment and in conformity with the consumer’s individual comprehensive service plan.
Amend subrule 78.43(1), paragraphs “b,” “c,” and “d,” as follows:
b. Assurance that an individual comprehensive a service plan (ICP) is developed which addresses the consumer’s total needs for services and living arrangements.
c. Assistance to the consumer in obtaining the services and living arrangements identified in the ICP service plan.
d. Coordination and facilitation of decision making among providers to ensure consistency in the implementation of the ICP service plan.
Amend subrule 78.43(2), paragraph “c,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
c. Services may be provided to a child or an adult. Children must first access all other services for which they are eligible and which are appropriate to meet their needs beforeaccessing the HCBS brain injury waiver services. A maximum of three four consumers receiving community–supported alternative living arrangements or HCBS brain injury waiver services may reside in a living unit except that providers meeting requirements set forth in 441—paragraph 77.39(13)“d” may provide supported community living services to four HCBS brain injury waiver consumers residing in a living unit.
Amend subrule 78.43(5), paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Service payment shall be made to the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider. If applicable, payment will be forwarded to the subcontracting agency by the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider following completion of the approved modifications. Payment of up to $6,000 per year may be made to certified providers upon satisfactory completion of the service. The service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the amount of the modification is reached within the 12–month period.
Amend subrule 78.43(7) as follows:
78.43(7) Transportation. Transportation services may be provided for consumers to conduct business errands, and essential shopping, to receive medical services when not reimbursed through medical transportation, to travel to and from work or day programs, and to reduce social isolation. A unit of service is either per mile, or per trip, or the unit established by an area agency on aging. Transportation may not be reimbursed simultaneously with HCBS brain injury waiver supported community living service.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441—78.46(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 78.46(2), paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Service payment shall be made to the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider. If applicable, payment will be forwarded to the subcontracting agency by the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider following completion of the approved modifications. Payment of up to $6,000 per year may be made to certified providers upon satisfactory completion of the service. The service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the amount of the modification is reached within the 12–month period.
Amend subrule 78.46(5) as follows:
78.46(5) Transportation. Transportation services may be provided for consumers to conduct business errands and essential shopping, to receive medical services when not reimbursed through medical transportation, to travel to and from work or day programs, and to reduce social isolation. A unit of service is either per mile, or per trip, or the unit established by an area agency on aging.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS brain injury waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs “6,” “9,” and “14,” as follows:

Provider category
Basis of reimbursement
Upper limit
6. Transportation
Fee schedule
State per mile rate for individual providers; rate set by area agency on aging for all others.
9. Home and vehicle modification
Fee schedule
$500 per month not to exceed $6,000 per year
14. Interim medical monitoring and treatment:


Home health agency: (Provided provided
by home health aide)
Rate for home health aide services provided by a home health agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
Home health agency (Provided provided
by nurse)
Rate for nursing services provided by a home health agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
Provided by a registered group child Child care home, registered family child care home, or licensed child care center
Contractual rate. See 441—subrule 170.4(7)
$12.24 per hour
Supported community living provider
Retrospectively limited prospective rate. See 79.1(15)
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed the maximum ICF/MR rate per day

Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS elderly waiver service providers,” numbered paragraph “11,” as follows:

Provider category
Basis of reimbursement
Upper limit
11. Transportation providers
Fee schedule
State per mile rate for regional transit individual providers or; rate established set by area agency on aging for all others.

Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS ill and handicapped waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs “8” and “9,” as follows:

Provider category
Basis of reimbursement
Upper limit
8. Interim medical monitoring and treatment:


Home health agency: (Provided provided by home health aide)
Rate for home health aide services provided by a home health agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
Home health agency (Provided provided by nurse)
Rate for nursing services provided by a home health agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
Provided by a registered group child Child care home, registered family child care home, or licensed child care center
Contractual rate. See 441—subrule 170.4(7)
$12.24 per hour
Supported community living provider
Retrospectively limited prospective rate. See 79.1(15)
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed the maximum ICF/MR rate per day
9. Home and vehicle modification
Fee schedule
$500 per month not to exceed $6,000 per year

Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS MR waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs “1” and “9,” as
follows:

Provider category
Basis of reimbursement
Upper limit
1. Supported community living
Retrospectively limited prospective rates. See 79.1(15)
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed a total per month of $73.61 times the number of days in the month. $73.61 per day. Variations to the upper limit may be granted by the division of medical services when cost–effective and in accordance with the service plan as long as the statewide average remains at or below $73.61 per day.
9. Interim medical monitoring and treatment:


Home health agency: (Provided provided
by home health aide)
Rate for home health aide services provided by a home health agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate not to exceed the maximum daily per diem for ICF/MR level of care
Home health agency (Provided provided
by nurse)
Rate for nursing services provided by a home health agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate not to exceed the maximum daily per diem for ICF/MR level of care
Provided by a registered group child Child care home, registered family child care home, or licensed child care center
Contractual rate. See 441—subrule 170.4(7)
$12.24 per hour not to exceed the maximum daily per diem for ICF/MR level of care
Supported community living provider
Retrospectively limited prospective rate. See 79.1(15)
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed the maximum ICF/MR rate per day

Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS physical disability waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs “2” and “5,” as follows:

Provider category
Basis of reimbursement
Upper limit
2. Home and vehicle modification providers
Fee schedule
$500 per month, not to exceed $6,000 per year
5. Transportation
Fee schedule
State per mile rate for regional transit individual providers, or; rate established set by area agency on aging for all others. Reimbursement shall be at the lowest cost service rate consistent with the consumer’s needs.

Amend subrule 79.1(15) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
79.1(15) HCBS retrospectively limited prospective rates. This methodology applies to Reimbursement reimbursement for HCBS MR and BI supported community living and supported employment, HCBS interim medical monitoring and treatment when provided by an HCBS–certified supported community agency, and HCBS AIDS/HIV, BI, elderly, ill and handicapped, and MR respite when basis of reimbursement is retrospectively limited prospective rate. This includes provided by home health agencies providing group respite; nonfacility providers of specialized, basic individual, and group respite; , camps; , home care agencies providing specialized, basic individual, and group respite; , and or providers of residential–based supported community living, and HCBS group respite provided by home health agencies.
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph (7), as follows:
(7) A 30–day extension for submitting the cost reports due by September 30 may be obtained by submitting a letter to the division bureau of medical services long–term care by September 30. No extensions will be granted beyond 30 days.
Amend paragraph “d,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) After establishment of the initial prospective rate for an established provider, the rate will be adjusted annually, effective for the third month after the month during which the annual cost report is submitted to the department. The annual adjustment shall be equal to the increase in provider’s new rate shall be the actual reconciled rate or the previously established rate adjusted by the consumer price index for all urban consumers for the preceding 12–month period ending June 30, whichever is less.
Amend paragraph “f,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Revenues exceeding adjusted actual costs by more than 2.5 percent shall be remitted to the division of medical services department. Payment will be due upon notice of the new rates and retrospective adjustment.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 441—83.2(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.2(1), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The person must be under the age of 65 and blind or disabled as determined by the receipt of social security disability benefits or by a disability determination made through the division of medical services department. Disability determinations are made according to supplemental security income guidelines as per under Title XVI of the Social Security Act.
Amend subrule 83.2(2), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The total monthly cost of the ill and handicapped waiver services shall not exceed the established aggregate monthly cost for level of care as follows:

Skilled level of care
$2,480
Nursing level of care
$852
ICF/MR
$3,019

If more than $500 is paid for home and vehicle modification services, the service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the total amount of the modification is reached within a 12–month period.
ITEM 12. Amend rule 441—83.3(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.3(2) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.3(2) Application and services program limit. The number of persons who may be approved for the HCBS ill and handicapped waiver shall be subject to the number of clients to be served as set forth in the federally approved HCBS ill and handicapped waiver. The number of clients to be served are is set forth at the time of each five–year renewal of the waiver or in amendments to the waiver. When the number of applicants exceeds the number of clients specified in the approved waiver, the applicant’s name shall be placed on a waiting list maintained by the division bureau of medical services long–term care.
Amend paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph and subparagraphs (1) and (2), as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the division bureau of medical services long–term care for all applicants for the waiver to determine if a payment slot is available.
(1) For persons applicants not currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau by the end of the second working day after receipt of a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, or within two working days after receipt of disability determination, whichever is later.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau by the end of the second working day after receipt of either Form 470–0660 470–0659, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Services Assessment or Reassessment, signed and dated by the recipient with the choice of HCBS waiver indicated by signature of the consumer on Part A or a written request, signed and dated by the recipient consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraphs (1) and (4), as follows:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently eligible for Medicaid shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, is date–stamped in the county department office or upon the county department office’s receipt of disability determination, whichever is later.
(4) Persons Applicants who do not fall within the available slots shall have their application rejected, and their names shall be maintained on the waiting list. They shall be contacted to reapply as slots become available based on their order on the waiting list so that the number of approved persons on the program is maintained. The division bureau of medical services long–term care shall contact the county department office when a slot becomes available.
Amend paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The county department office shall notify the division bureau of medical services long–term care within two working days of a denial or withdrawal of an application.
Amend subrule 83.3(3) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraphs (4) and (5), as follows:
(4) The application is pending because a level of care determination has not been made although the completed assessment, Form SS–1644 470–0659, Home– and Community–Based Services Assessment or Reassessment, has been submitted to the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care.
(5) The application is pending because the assessment, Form SS–1644 470–0659, or the case plan has not been completed. When a determination is not completed 90 days from the date of application due to the lack of a completed assessment, Form SS–1644 470–0659, or case plan, the application shall be denied. The client consumer shall have the right to appeal.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. A consumer must be given the choice between HCBS ill and handicapped waiver services and institutional care. The income maintenance or service worker shall have the consumer, parent, guardian, or attorney in fact under a durable power of attorney for health care complete and sign Part A of Form 470–0660 470–0659, Home– and Community–Based Services Report Services Assessment or Reassessment, indicating the consumer’s choice of home– andcommunity–based services or institutional care.
Amend subrule 83.3(4), paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Eligibility continues until the recipient consumer has been in a medical institution for 30 consecutive days for other than respite care. Recipients Consumers who are inpatients in a medical institution for 30 or more consecutive days for other than respite care shall be terminated from ill and handicapped waiver services and reviewed for eligibility for other Medicaid coverage groups. The recipient consumer will be notified of that decision through Form SS–1104–0 470–0602, Notice of Decision. If the client consumer returns home before the effective date of the notice of decision and the person’s consumer’s condition has not substantially changed, the denial may be rescinded and eligibility may continue.
ITEM 13. Rescind and reserve rule 441—83.11(249A).
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 83.23(4), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Eligibility continues until the recipient consumer has been in a medical institution for 30 consecutive days for other than respite care or fails to meet eligibility criteria listed in rule 441—83.22(249A). Recipients Consumers who are inpatients in a medical institution for 30 or more consecutive days for other than respite care shall be terminated from elderly waiver services and reviewed for eligibility for other Medicaid coverage groups. The recipient consumer will be notified of that decision through Form SS–1104–0 470–0602, Notice of Decision. If the client consumer returns home before the effective date of the notice of decision and the person’s consumer’s condition has not substantially changed, the denial may be rescinded and eligibility may continue.
ITEM 15. Rescind and reserve rule 441—83.31(249A).
ITEM 16. Amend rule 441—83.42(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.42(1), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Be eligible for medical assistance under SSI, SSI–related, ADC FMAP, or ADC–related FMAP–related coverage groups; medically needy at hospital level of care; eligible under or a special income level (300 percent group); or become eligible through application of the institutional deeming rules.
Amend subrule 83.42(2), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The county social worker shall perform an assessment of the person’s need for waiver services and determine the availability and appropriateness of services. This assessment shall be based, in part, on information in the completed Home– and Community–Based Services Assessment or Reassessment, Form SS–1644 470–0659. Form SS–1644 470– 0659 shall be completed annually.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 83.43(3) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) The application is pending because a level of care determination has not been made or pended although the completed assessment, Form SS–1644 470–0659, has been submitted to the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. A consumer must be given the choice between HCBS AIDS/HIV waiver services and institutional care. The income maintenance or service worker shall have the consumer, parent, guardian, or attorney in fact under durable power of attorney for health care complete and sign Part A of Form 470–0660 470–0659, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Services Assessment or Reassessment, indicating the consumer’s choice of home– and community–based services or institutional care.
ITEM 18. Rescind and reserve rule 441—83.50(249A).
ITEM 19. Amend rule 441—83.61(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.61(2), paragraph “g,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) Service plans for consumers aged 20 or under which include supported community living services beyond intermittent shall be approved (signed and dated) by the division of medical services’ designee of the bureau of long–term care or the designee of the county board of supervisors’ designee supervisors. The service worker, department QMRP, or Medicaid case manager shall attach a written request for a variance from the maximum for intermittent supported community living with a summary of services and service costs. The written request for the variance shall provide a rationale for requesting supported community living beyond intermittent. The rationale shall contain sufficient information for the division of medical services’ designee or the county board of supervisors’ designee to make a decision regarding the need for supported community living beyond intermittent.
Amend subrule 83.61(4) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph and subparagraphs (1) and (2), as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the division bureau of medical services long–term care for state cases and children or the central point of coordination administrator for the county of legal settlement for adults to determine if a payment slot is available for all new applications for the HCBS MR program.
(1) For persons applicants not currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau or the county by the end of the second working day after receipt of a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, or within two working days after receipt of disability determination, whichever is later.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department office shall contact the division of medical servicesbureau or the county by the end of the second working day after receipt of either Form 470–0660 470–0659, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Services Assessment or Reassessment, signed and dated by the recipient with the choice of HCBS waiver indicated by signature of the consumer on Part A or a written request, signed and dated by the recipient consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraphs (1) and (4), as follows:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently eligible for Medicaid shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, is date–stamped in the county department office or upon county department office receipt of disability determination, whichever is later.
(4) Persons Applicants who do not fall within the available slots shall have their application rejected, and their names shall be maintained on the waiting list. As slots become available, persons shall be selected from the waiting list to maintain the number of approved persons on the program based on their order on the waiting list. The county central point of coordination administrator (for adults) and the division bureau of medical services long–term care (for children and for adults with state case status) shall contact the county department office when a slot becomes available.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. The county department office shall notify the division bureau of medical services long–term care for state cases and children or the central point of coordination administrator for the county of legal settlement for adults within two working days of a denial or withdrawal of an application.
ITEM 20. Amend rule 441—83.62(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.62(3), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. An applicant shall be given the choice between HCBS waiver services and ICF/MR care. The case manager or worker shall have the consumer or legal representative complete and sign Part E A of Form SS–1645 470–3073, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Functional Assessment Tool, indicating the consumer’s choice of care.
Amend subrule 83.62(4), paragraph “d,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
d. Eligibility continues until the consumer fails to meet eligibility criteria listed in rule 441—83.61(249A). Consumers who are inpatients in a medical institution for 30 consecutive days shall receive a review by the interdisciplinary team to determine additional inpatient needs for possible termination from the HCBS program. Consumers shall be reviewed for eligibility under other Medicaid coverage groups. The consumer or legal representative shall participate in the review and receive formal notification of that decision through Form SS–1104–0 470–0602, Notice of Decision.
ITEM 21. Amend rule 441—83.67(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.67(8) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.67(8) Documentation. The Medicaid case manager shall ensure that the consumer’s case file contains the consumer’s service plan, the county or department’s final approval of services and service costs, documentation supporting, and the diagnosis of mental retardation, and the following completed forms:.
Rescind paragraphs “a” through “d.”
Amend subrule 83.67(9) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.67(9) Approval of plan. The administrator designee of the chief of the division bureau of medical services’ designee long–term care for children and for state cases, or of the county board of supervisors’ designee supervisors for adults, shall review the availability and appropriateness of services as specified in the service plan and may, based on a written determination, request the service plan be modified so that the services are cost–effective.
Amend paragraph “d” as follows:
d. If a notice of decision is not received from a county within 30 days from the date of request for services, the request shall be sent to the department of human services with documentation verifying the original submission of the request to the county. A The department shall send a letter from the department of human services shall be sent to the county central point of coordination and county board of supervisors requesting a response within 10 days. If no response is received within 10 days, the division bureau of medical services long–term care designee will make the decision, as stated in paragraph “b.”
ITEM 22. Amend rule 441—83.70(249A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—83.70(249A) County reimbursement. The county board of supervisors of the consumer’s county of legal settlement shall reimburse the department for all the nonfederal share of the HCBS MR waiver service expenses toadults. The county shall enter into a Medicaid Home– andCommunity–Based Payment Agreement, Form MA–2171, payment agreement with the department for reimbursement of the nonfederal share of the cost of service provided to HCBS MR waiver adults by input through the Individual Services Information System (ISIS).
ITEM 23. Rescind and reserve rule 441—83.71(249A).
ITEM 24. Amend rule 441—83.82(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.82(2) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) Service plans for consumers aged 20 or under which include supported community living services beyond intermittent must be approved (signed and dated) by the designee of the division bureau of medical services’ long–term care designee. The Medicaid case manager must request in writing more than intermittent supported community living with a summary of services and service costs, and submit a written justification with the service plan. The rationale must contain sufficient information for the division of medical services’ bureau’s designee, or for an a consumer at the ICF/MR level of care consumer, the designee of the county of legal settlement’s board of supervisors, to make a decision regarding the need for supported community living beyond intermittent.
Amend paragraph “d” as follows:
d. The total monthly cost of brain injury waiver services shall not exceed $2,650 per month. If more than $500 is paid for home and vehicle modification services, the service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the total amount of the modification is reached within a 12–month period.
Amend subrule 83.82(4) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the division bureau of medical services long–term care to determine if a payment slot is available for all new applications for the HCBS BI waiver program. For new applications for people who require the ICF/MR level of care when the county of legal settlement has payment responsibility pursuant to rule 441—83.90(249A), the county department office shall inform the county of legal settlement of the application.
(1) For persons applicants not currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau and notify the county of those persons applicants for whom the county has payment responsibility by the end of the second working day after receipt of a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau and notify the county of those persons for whom the county has payment responsibility by the end of the second working day after receipt of either a signed and dated Form 470–0660 470–3349, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Brain Injury Functional Assessment, with the choice of the HCBS waiver indicated by the consumer’s signature on Part A, or a written request signed and dated by the consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph and subparagraph (1), as follows:
b. On the third day after the receipt of the completed Form 470–0442 or 470–0660 470–2927, if no payment slot is available, persons shall be entered the bureau of long–term care shall enter the consumer on a waiting list by the division of medical services according to the following:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently eligible for Medicaid shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, is date–stamped in the county department office. Consumers currently eligible for Medicaid shall be added to the waiting list on the basis of the date the consumer requests HCBS BI program services as documented by the date of the consumer’s signature on Form 470–0660 470–2927. In the event that more than one application is received at one time, persons consumers shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the month of birth, January being month one and the lowest number.
ITEM 25. Amend rule 441—83.83(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.83(2), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. A consumer shall be given the choice between waiver services and institutional care. The consumer or legal representative shall complete and sign Part A of Form 470–0660 470–3349, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Brain Injury Functional Assessment, indicating the consumer’s choice of caregiver. This shall be arranged by the medical facility discharge planner or case manager.
Amend subrule 83.83(3), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Eligibility for the waiver continues until the consumer fails to meet eligibility criteria listed in rule 441— 83.82(249A). Consumers who return to inpatient status in a medical institution for more than 30 consecutive days shall be reviewed by IFMC to determine additional inpatient needs for possible termination from the brain injury waiver. The consumer shall be reviewed for eligibility under other Medicaid coverage groups in accordance with rule 441— 76.11(249A). The consumer shall be notified of that decision through Form SS–1104–0 470–0602, Notice of Decision.
ITEM 26. Amend rule 441—83.87(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.87(2) as follows:
83.87(2) Use of nonwaiver services. Service plans must be developed to reflect use of all appropriate nonwaiver Medicaid services and so as not to replace or duplicate those services.
Case plans for consumers aged 20 or under which include supported community living services beyond intermittent must be approved (signed and dated) by the division designee of the bureau of medical services’ long–term care designee, or when a county voluntarily chooses to participate, by the county board of supervisors’ designee or the division of medical services’ bureau’s designee. The Medicaid case manager shall attach a written request for a variance from the limitation on supported community living to intermittent.
Amend subrule 83.87(4) as follows:
Amend the the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.87(4) Service file. The Medicaid case manager must ensure that the consumer service file contains the consumer’s service plan and, if the county is voluntarily participating, the county’s final approval of service costs and the following completed forms:.
Rescind paragraphs “a” through “d.”
ITEM 27. Amend rule 441—83.90(249A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—83.90(249A) County reimbursement. The county board of supervisors of the consumer’s county of legal settlement shall reimburse the department for all the nonfederal share of the cost of brain injury waiver services to persons consumers at the ICF/MR level of care with legal settlement in the county who are coming onto the waiver from an ICF/MR facility or who have been receiving other services for which the county has been financially responsible or would become liable due to the person’s reaching the age of majority. The county shall enter into a Medicaid Home and Community Based Payment Agreement, Form 470–0379, payment agreement with the department for reimbursement of the nonfederal share of the cost of services provided to HCBS brain injury waiver adults at the ICF/MR level of care who meet the criteria stated above by input through the Individual Services Information System (ISIS). Waiver slots for these persons shall be identified in the county management plan submitted to the department pursuant to 441—Chapter 25.
ITEM 28. Rescind and reserve rule 441—83.91(249A).
ITEM 29. Amend rule 441—83.102(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.102(1), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Be blind or disabled as determined by the receipt of social security disability benefits or by a disability determination made through the division of medical services department. Disability determinations are made according to supplemental security income guidelines as per under Title XVI of the Social Security Act or the disability guidelines for the Medicaid employed people with disabilities coverage group.
Amend subrule 83.102(2), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The total monthly cost of physical disability waiver services shall not exceed $621 per month.
If more than $500 is paid for home and vehicle modification services, the service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the total amount of the modification is reached within a 12–month period.
Amend subrule 83.102(5) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the division bureau of medical services long–term care for all cases to determine if a slot is available for all new applications for the HCBS physical disability waiver program.
(1) For persons applicants not currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau by the end of the second working day after receipt of a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, submitted on or after April 1, 1999.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department office shall contact the division of medical services bureau by the end of the second working day after receipt of either a signed and dated Form 470–0660 470–3501, Home– and Community–Based Service Report Physical Disability Waiver Assessment Tool, submitted on or after April 1, 1999, with the choice of HCBS waiver indicated by the signature of the consumer on Part A or a written request signed and dated by the consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph and subparagraph (1), as follows:
b. On the third day after the receipt of the completed Form 470–0442 or 470–0660 470–2927, Health Services Application, if no slot is available, the division bureau of medical services long–term care shall enter persons consumers on the HCBS physical disabilities waiver waiting list according to the following:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently eligible for Medi–caid shall be entered on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, is submitted on or after April 1, 1999, and date–stamped in the county department office. Consumers currently eligible for Medicaid shall be added on the basis of the date the consumer requests HCBS physical disability program services as documented by the date of the consumer’s signature on Form 470–0660 470–2927 submitted on or after April 1, 1999. In the event that more than one application is received on the same day, persons consumers shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the day of the month of their birthday, the lowest number being first on the list. Any subsequent tie shall be decided by the month of birth, January being month one and the lowest number.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 83.103(2), paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. An applicant shall be given the choice between waiver services and institutional care. The applicant or the applicant’s parent, legal guardian, or attorney in fact under a durable power of attorney for health care shall complete andsign Part A of Form 470–0660 470–3502, Home– andCommunity–Based Service Report Physical Disability Waiver Assessment Tool, indicating the applicant’s choice of caregiver.
ITEM 31. Rescind subrule 83.107(3).
ITEM 32. Rescind rule 441—83.111(249A).
ARC 1593B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 514G.7 and 507B.12, the Insurance Division gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 39, “Long–Term Care Insurance,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments contain numerous new definitions, rules and appendixes and are designed to conform the chapter to the current version of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) Model Long–Term Care Act and Regulation. The amendments will require insurers to file additional reports and to perform additional analysis prior to imposing exceptional rate increases. The amendments will require insurers and insurance producers to provide additional disclosures to consumers at point of sale.
The proposed amendments also conform the chapter to the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA).
Any person may make written comments on the proposed amendments on or before May 21, 2002. These comments should be directed to Rosanne Mead, Assistant Commissioner, Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may also be transmitted by fax to (515) 281–3059 or by E–mail to rosanne.mead@iid.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held at 10:30 a.m. on May 21, 2002, at the offices of the Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Persons wishing to provide oral comments should contact Rosanne Mead no later than May 20, 2002, to be placed on the agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 514G and 507B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 191—39.4(514G) as follows:
Amend the following definition:
“Long–term care insurance” means an insurance policy, insurance contract, insurance certificate, or rider, which is advertised, marketed, offered, or designed to provide coverage for not less than 12 consecutive months for each covered person on an expense–incurred, indemnity, prepaid, or other basis; for one or more necessary or medically necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance, or personal care service provided in a setting other than an acute care unit of a hospital. This definition also encompasses group and individual annuities and life insurance policies or riders that provide directly for or supplement long–term care insurance as well as a policy or rider providing for payment of benefits based upon cognitive impairment or the loss of functional capacity.
Long–term care insurance may be issued by insurers, fraternal benefit societies, nonprofit health, hospital, and medical service corporations, prepaid health plans, health maintenance organizations or any similar organizations to the extent they are otherwise authorized to issue life or health insurance.
Long–term care insurance shall not include any insurance policy which is offered primarily to provide basic Medicare Supplement coverage, basic hospital expense coverage, basic medical–surgical expense coverage, disability income or related asset–protection coverage, or accident–only coverage, specific disease or specified accident coverage, or limited benefit health coverage. The definition does not include life insurance policies which accelerate the death benefit specifically for one or more of the qualifying events of terminal illness, medical conditions requiring extraordinary medical intervention, or permanent institutional confinement, and which provide the option of a lump–sum payment for those benefits and in which neither the benefits nor eligibility for those benefits is conditional upon the receipt of long–term care. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, any product advertised, marketed, or offered as long–term care insurance shall be subject to the provisions of 191— Chapter 39.
Adopt the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Qualified long–term care insurance contract” or “federally tax–qualified long–term care insurance contract” means an individual or group insurance contract that meets the requirements of Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as follows:
1. The only insurance protection provided under the contract is coverage of qualified long–term care services. A contract shall not fail to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by reason of payments being made on a per diem or other periodic basis without regard to the expenses incurred during the period to which the payments relate;
2. The contract does not pay or reimburse expenses incurred for services or items to the extent that the expenses are reimbursable under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, or would be so reimbursable but for the application of a deductible or coinsurance amount. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to expenses that are reimbursable under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act only as a secondary payor. A contract shall not fail to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by reason of payments being made on a per diem or other periodic basis without regard to the expenses incurred during the period to which the payments relate;
3. The contract is guaranteed renewable, within the meaning of Section 7702B(b)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
4. The contract does not provide for a cash surrender value or other money that can be paid, assigned, pledged as collateral for a loan, or borrowed;
5. All refunds of premiums, and all policyholder dividends or similar amounts, under the contract are to be applied as a reduction in future premiums or to increase future benefits, except that a refund on the event of death of the insured or a complete surrender or cancellation of the contract cannot exceed the aggregate premiums paid under the contract; and
6. The contract meets the consumer protection provisions set forth in Section 7702B(g) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
“Qualified long–term care insurance contract” or “federally tax–qualified long–term care insurance contract” also means the portion of a life insurance contract that provides long–term care insurance coverage by rider or as part of the contract and that satisfies the requirements of Sections 7702B(b) and (e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 191—39.5(514G) by adopting the following new subrules:
39.5(7) “Activities of daily living” means at least bathing, continence, dressing, eating, toileting and transferring.
39.5(8) “Adult day care” means a program for six or more individuals of social and health–related services provided during the day in a community group setting for the purpose of supporting frail, impaired elderly or other disabled adults who can benefit from care in a group setting outside the home.
39.5(9) “Bathing” means washing oneself by sponge bath or in either a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.
39.5(10) “Cognitive impairment” means a deficiency in a person’s short– or long–term memory, orientation as to person, place and time, deductive or abstract reasoning, or judgment as it relates to safety awareness.
39.5(11) “Continence” means the ability to maintain control of bowel and bladder function or, when unable to maintain control of bowel or bladder function, the ability to perform associated personal hygiene (including caring for catheter or colostomy bag).
39.5(12) “Dressing” means putting on and taking off all items of clothing and any necessary braces, fasteners or artificial limbs.
39.5(13) “Eating” means feeding oneself by getting food into the body from a receptacle (such as a plate, cup or table) or by a feeding tube or intravenously.
39.5(14) “Exceptional increase” means only those increases filed by an insurer as exceptional for which the commissioner determines that the need for the premium rate increase is justified due to changes in laws or regulations applicable to long–term care coverage in this state or due to increased and unexpected utilization that affects the majority of insurers of similar products. Except as provided in rule 191— 39.28(514G), exceptional increases are subject to the same requirements as other premium rate schedule increases.
The commissioner may request a review by an independent actuary or a professional actuarial body of the basis for a request that an increase be considered an exceptional increase. The commissioner, in determining that the necessary basis for an exceptional increase exists, shall also determine any potential offsets to higher claims costs.
39.5(15) “Hands–on assistance” means physical assistance (minimal, moderate or maximal) without which the individual would not be able to perform the activities of daily living.
39.5(16) “Incidental,” as used in subrule 39.28(10), means that the value of the long–term care benefits provided is less than 10 percent of the total value of the benefits provided over the life of the policy. These values shall be measured as of the date of issue.
39.5(17) “Personal care” means the provision of hands–on services to assist an individual with activities of daily living.
39.5(18) “Qualified actuary” means a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries.
39.5(19) “Similar policy forms” means all of the long–term care insurance policies and certificates issued by an insurer in the same long–term care benefit classification as the policy form being considered. Certificates of groups that meet the definition in Iowa Code section 514G.4(4) are not considered similar to certificates or policies otherwise issued as long–term care insurance, but are similar to other comparable certificates with the same long–term care benefit classifications. For purposes of determining similar policy forms, long–term care benefit classifications are defined as follows: institutional long–term care benefits only, noninstitutional long–term care benefits only, or comprehensive long–term care benefits.
39.5(20) “Toileting” means getting to and from the toilet, getting on and off the toilet, and performing associated personal hygiene.
39.5(21) “Transferring” means moving into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 39.6(1) by adopting the following new paragraphs:
d. The term “level premium” may only be used when the insurer does not have the right to change the premium.
e. In addition to the other requirements of this subrule,a qualified long–term care insurance contract shall beguaranteed renewable, within the meaning of Section 7702B(b)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 39.6(2) as follows:
39.6(2) Limitations and exclusions.
a. No policy may be delivered or issued for delivery in this state as long–term care insurance if such policy limits or excludes coverage by type of illness, treatment, medical condition or accident, except as follows:
a. (1) Preexisting conditions or disease;
b. (2) Mental or nervous disorders; (however, this shall not permit exclusion or limitation of benefits on the basis of Alzheimer’s disease or similar forms of irreversible dementia, nor limit coverage for Alzheimer’s disease to the skilled or intermediate level of care);
c. (3) Alcoholism and drug addiction;
d. (4) Illness, treatment or medical condition arising out of:
(1) 1. War or act of war (whether declared or undeclared);
(2) 2. Participation in a felony, riot or insurrection;
(3) 3. Service in the armed forces or units auxiliary thereto;
(4) 4. Attempted suicide (sane or insane), or intentional self–inflicted injury;
(5) Payment of benefits for services provided outside the United States.
5. Aviation (this exclusion applies only to non–fare–paying passengers).
e. (5) Treatment provided in a government facility (unless otherwise required by law), services for which benefits are available under Medicare or other governmental program (except Medicaid), any state or federal workers’ compensation, employer’s liability or occupational disease law, or any motor vehicle no–fault law, services provided by a member of the covered person’s immediate family and services for which no charge is normally made in the absence of insurance.;
(6) Expenses for services or items available or paid under another long–term care insurance or health insurance policy;
(7) In the case of a qualified long–term care insurance contract, expenses for services or items to the extent that the expenses are reimbursable under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or would be so reimbursable but for the application of a deductible or coinsurance amount.
Paragraph “a” is not intended to prohibit exclusions and limitations by type of provider or territorial limitations.
b. Unless otherwise provided in the policy or certificate, a preexisting condition, regardless of whether it is disclosed on the application, need not be covered until the waiting period described in Iowa Code section 514G.7(3)“b” expires. No long–term care insurance policy or certificate may exclude or use waivers or riders of any kind to exclude, limit or reduce coverage or benefits for specifically named or described preexisting diseases or physical conditions beyond the waiting period described in Iowa Code section 514G.7(3)“b.”
c. No long–term care insurance policy may be delivered or issued for delivery in this state if the policy conditions eligibility for any benefits other than waiver of premium, postconfinement, postacute care or recuperative benefits on a prior institutionalization requirement.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 39.6(6) as follows:
39.6(6) Premiums.
a. The premiums charged to an insured for long–term care insurance shall not increase due to either:
a. (1) The increasing age of the insured at ages beyond 65; or
b. (2) The duration the insured has been covered under the policy.
b. The purchase of additional coverage shall not be considered a premium rate increase, but for purposes of the calculation required under subrule 39.29(6), the portion of the premium attributable to the additional coverage shall be added to and considered part of the initial annual premium.
c. A reduction in benefits shall not be considered a premium change, but for purpose of the calculation required under subrule 39.29(6), the initial annual premium shall be based on the reduced benefits.
ITEM 6. Adopt the following new subrule:
39.6(7) Electronic enrollment for group policies. In the case of a group defined in Iowa Code section 514G.4(4), any requirement that a signature of an insured be obtained by an agent or insurer shall be deemed satisfied if:
a. The consent is obtained by telephonic or electronic enrollment by the group policyholder or insurer. A verification of enrollment information shall be provided to the enrollee;
b. The telephonic or electronic enrollment provides necessary and reasonable safeguards to ensure the accuracy, retention and prompt retrieval of records; and
c. The telephonic or electronic enrollment provides necessary and reasonable safeguards to ensure that the confidentiality of individually identifiable information and privileged information is maintained.
The insurer shall make available, upon request of the commissioner, records that will demonstrate the insurer’s ability to confirm enrollment and coverage amounts.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 191—39.7(514G) as follows:
191—39.7(514G) Required disclosure provisions.
39.7(1) Renewability.
a. Individual long–term care insurance policies shall contain a renewability provision. Such provision shall be appropriately captioned, shall appear on the first page of the policy, and shall clearly state the duration of the term of coverage for which the policy is issued and for which it may be renewed. This provision shall not apply to policies which do not contain a renewability provision, and under which the right to nonrenew is reserved solely to the policyholder.
b. A long–term care insurance policy or certificate, other than one in which the insurer does not have the right to change the premium, shall include a statement that premium rates may change.
39.7(2) to 39.7(4) No change.
39.7(5) Other limitations or conditions on eligibility for benefits. A long–term care insurance policy or certificate containing any limitations or conditions for eligibility, other than those prohibited in Iowa Code section 514G.7(4)“b,” shall set forth a description of the limitations or conditions, including any required number of days of confinement, in a separate paragraph of the policy or certificate and shall label such paragraph “Limitations or Conditions on Eligibility for Benefits.”
39.7(5 6) Disclosure of tax consequences. With regard to life insurance policies which provide an accelerated benefit for long–term care, a disclosure statement is required at the time of application for the policy or rider and at the time the accelerated benefit payment request is submitted that receipt of these accelerated benefits may be taxable, and that assistance should be sought from a personal tax advisor. The disclosure statement shall be prominently displayed on the first page of the policy or rider and any other related documents. This subrule shall not apply to qualified long–term care insurance contracts.
39.7(7) Benefit triggers. Activities of daily living and cognitive impairment shall be used to measure an insured’s need for long–term care and shall be described in the policy or certificate in a separate paragraph and shall be labeled “Eligibility for the Payment of Benefits.” Any additional benefit triggers shall also be explained in this paragraph. If these triggers differ for different benefits, explanation of the trigger shall accompany each benefit description. If an attending physician or other specified person must certify a certain level of the insured’s functional dependency in order for the insured to be eligible for benefits, this too shall be specified.
39.7(8) Qualified long–term care contracts. A qualified long–term care insurance contract shall include a disclosure statement in the policy and in the outline of coverage that the policy is intended to be a qualified long–term care insurance contract under Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
39.7(9) Nonqualified long–term care contracts. A non–qualified long–term care insurance contract shall include a disclosure statement in the policy and in the outline of coverage that the policy is not intended to be a qualified long–term care insurance contract.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 39.9(1) by adopting the following new paragraphs:
g. By excluding coverage for personal care services provided by a home health aide;
h. By requiring that the provision of home health care services be at a level of certification or licensure greater than that required by the eligible service;
i. By excluding coverage for adult day care services
ITEM 9. Amend rule 191—39.10(514D,514G) by adopting the following new subrules:
39.10(5) Inflation protection benefit increases under a policy which contains these benefits shall continue without regard to an insured’s age, claim status or claim history, or the length of time the person has been insured under the policy.
39.10(6) An offer of inflation protection that provides for automatic benefit increases shall include an offer of a premium which the insurer expects to remain constant. The offer shall disclose in a conspicuous manner that the premium may change in the future unless the premium is guaranteed to remain constant.
39.10(7) Inflation protection as provided in this subrule shall be included in a long–term care insurance policy unless an insurer obtains a rejection of inflation protection signed by the policyholder as required in this subrule. The rejection may be either in the application or on a separate form. The rejection shall be considered a part of the application and shall state:
I have reviewed the outline of coverage and the graphs that compare the benefits and premiums of this policy with and without inflation protection. Specifically, I have reviewed Plans ______, and I reject inflation protection.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 191—39.11(514D,514G) by adopting the following new subrule:
39.11(6) Life insurance policies that accelerate benefits for long–term care shall comply with this subrule if the policy being replaced is a long–term care insurance policy. If the policy being replaced is a life insurance policy, the insurer shall comply with the replacement requirements of 191— Chapter 16. If a life insurance policy that accelerates benefits for long–term care is replaced by another such policy, the replacing insurer shall comply with both the long–term care and the life insurance replacement requirements.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 191—39.13(514D) as follows:
191—39.13(514D) Loss ratio.
39.13(1) Applicability. This rule shall apply to all long–term care insurance policies or certificates except those covered under rules 191—39.26(514G) and 191—39.28(514G).
39.13(2) Minimum loss ratio. Benefits under individual long–term care insurance policies shall be deemed reasonable in relation to premiums provided the expected loss ratio is at least 60 percent, calculated in a manner which provides for adequate reserving of the long–term care insurance risk. In evaluating the expected loss ratio, due consideration shall be given to all relevant factors, including:
1 a. Statistical credibility of incurred claims experience and earned premiums.
2 b. The period for which rates are computed to provide coverage.
3 c. Experienced and projected trends.
4 d. Concentration of experience within early policy duration.
5 e. Expected claim fluctuation.
6 f. Experience refunds, adjustments or dividends.
7 g. Renewability features.
8 h. All appropriate expense factors.
9 i. Interest.
10 j. Experimental nature of the coverage.
11 k. Policy reserves.
12 l. Mix of business by risk classification.
13 m. Product features such as long elimination periods, high deductibles and high maximum limits.
39.13(3) Accelerated benefits. Subrule 39.13(2) shall not apply to life insurance policies that accelerate benefits for long–term care. A life insurance policy that funds long–term care benefits entirely by accelerating the death benefit is considered to provide reasonable benefits in relation to premiums paid, if the policy complies with all of the following provisions:
a. The interest credited internally to determine cash value accumulations, including long–term care, if any, is guaranteed not to be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate for cash value accumulations without long–term care set forth in the policy;
b. The portion of the policy that provides life insurance benefits meets the nonforfeiture requirements of Iowa Code section 508.37;
c. The policy meets the disclosure requirements of rules 191—39.20(514G) and 191—39.21(514G);
d. The policy illustration meets the applicable requirements of 191—Chapter 14 regarding illustrations; and
e. An actuarial memorandum is filed with the insurance division that includes:
(1) A description of the basis on which the long–term care rates were determined;
(2) A description of the basis for the reserves;
(3) A summary of the type of policy, benefits, renewability, general marketing method, and limits on ages of issuance;
(4) A description and a table of each actuarial assumption used. For expenses, an insurer must include percent of premium dollars per policy and dollars per unit of benefits, if any;
(5) A description and a table of the anticipated policy reserves and additional reserves to be held in each future year for active lives;
(6) The estimated average annual premium per policy and the average issue age;
(7) A statement as to whether underwriting is performed at the time of application. The statement shall indicate whether underwriting is used and, if used, the statement shall include a description of the type or types of underwriting used, such as medical underwriting or functional assessment underwriting. Concerning a group policy, the statement shall indicate whether the enrollee or any dependent will be underwritten and when underwriting occurs; and
(8) A description of the effect of the long–term care policy provision on the required premiums, nonforfeiture values and reserves on the underlying life insurance policy, both for active lives and those in long–term care claim status.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 39.15(1) by adopting the following new paragraph:
h. Provide an explanation of contingent benefit upon lapse provided for in 39.29(6)“c.”
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 39.15(2) by adopting the following new paragraph:
d. Misrepresentation. Misrepresenting a material fact in selling or offering to sell a long–term care insurance policy.
ITEM 14. Amend rule 191—39.15(514D,514G) by adopting the following new subrule:
39.15(3) Association marketing.
a. When a group long–term care insurance policy is issued to an association or a trust or the trustees of a fund established, created or maintained for the benefit of members of one or more associations, the association or associations or the insurer of the association or associations shall, prior to advertising, marketing or offering the policy within this state, file evidence with the commissioner that the association or associations have at the outset a minimum of 100 persons and have been organized and maintained in good faith for purposes other than that of obtaining insurance; have been in active existence for at least one year; and have a constitution and bylaws that provide that:
(1) The association or associations hold regular meetings not less than annually to further purposes of the members;
(2) Except for credit unions, the association or associations collect dues or solicit contributions from members; and
(3) The members have voting privileges and representation on the governing board and committees.
Thirty days after the filing, the association or associations will be deemed to satisfy the organizational requirements, unless the commissioner makes a finding that the association or associations do not satisfy those organizational requirements.
b. When a professional, trade, or occupational association is issued a group long–term care policy for its members or retired members or combination thereof, the association shall have as its primary responsibility, when endorsing or selling long–term care insurance, to educate its members concerning long–term care issues in general so that its members can make informed decisions. Associations shall provide objective information regarding long–term care insurance policies or certificates endorsed or sold by such associations to ensure that members of such associations receive a balanced and complete explanation of the features in the policies or certificates that are being endorsed or sold.
(1) The insurer shall file with the insurance division the following material:
1. The policy and certificate;
2. A corresponding outline of coverage; and
3. All advertisements requested by the insurance division.
(2) The association shall disclose in any long–term care insurance solicitation the specific nature and amount of the compensation arrangements (including all fees, commissions, administrative fees and other forms of financial support) that the association receives from endorsement or sale of the policy or certificate to its members; and a brief description of the process under which the policies and the insurer issuing the policies were selected.
(3) If the association and the insurer have interlocking directorates or trustee arrangements, the association shall disclose that fact to its members.
(4) The board of directors of associations selling or endorsing long–term care insurance policies or certificates shall review and approve the insurance policies as well as the compensation arrangements made with the insurer.
(5) The association shall also:
1. At the time of the association’s decision to endorse, engage the services of a person with expertise in long–term care insurance who is not affiliated with the insurer to conduct an examination of the policies, including its benefits, features, and rates and update the examination thereafter in the event of material change;
2. Actively monitor the marketing efforts of the insurer and its agents; and
3. Review and approve all marketing materials or other insurance communications used to promote sales or sent to members regarding the policies or certificates.
Numbered paragraphs “1” through “3” shall not apply to qualified long–term care insurance contracts.
(6) No group long–term care insurance policy or certificate may be issued to an association unless the insurer files with the insurance division the information required in this subrule.
(7) The insurer shall not issue a long–term care policy or certificate to an association or continue to market such a policy or certificate unless the insurer certifies annually that the association has complied with the requirements set forth in this subrule.
(8) Failure to comply with the filing and certification requirements of this subrule constitutes an unfair trade practice in violation of Iowa Code chapter 507B.
ITEM 15. Rescind rule 191—39.16(514D,514G) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
191—39.16(514D,514G) Suitability.
39.16(1) This rule shall not apply to life insurance policies that accelerate benefits for long–term care.
39.16(2) Every insurer, health care service plan or other entity marketing long–term care insurance (the “issuer”) shall:
a. Develop and use suitability standards to determine whether the purchase or replacement of long–term care insurance is appropriate for the needs of the applicant;
b. Train its agents in the use of its suitability standards; and
c. Maintain a copy of its suitability standards and make it available for inspection upon request by the commissioner.
39.16(3) To determine whether the applicant meets the standards developed by the issuer, the agent and issuer shall develop procedures that take into consideration the following:
a. The ability to pay for the proposed coverage and other pertinent financial information related to the purchase of the coverage;
b. The applicant’s goals or needs with respect to long–term care and the advantages and disadvantages of insurance to meet these goals or needs; and
c. The values, benefits and costs of the applicant’s existing insurance, if any, when compared to the values, benefits and costs of the recommended purchase or replacement.
39.16(4) The issuer, and, when an agent is involved, the agent, shall make reasonable efforts to obtain the information set out in subrule 39.16(3). The efforts shall include presentation of the “Long–Term Care Insurance Personal Worksheet” to the applicant, at the time of or prior to application. The personal worksheet used by the issuer shall contain, at a minimum, the information in the format contained in Appendix B, in not less than 12–point type. The issuer may request the applicant to provide additional information to comply with its suitability standards. A copy of the issuer’s personal worksheet shall be filed with the commissioner.
A completed personal worksheet shall be returned to the issuer prior to the issuer’s consideration of the applicant for coverage, except the personal worksheet need not be returned for sales of employer group long–term care insurance to employees and their spouses.
The sale or dissemination outside the company or agency by the issuer or agent of information obtained through the personal worksheet in Appendix B is prohibited.
39.16(5) The issuer shall use the suitability standards it has developed pursuant to this rule in determining whether issuing long–term care insurance coverage to an applicant is appropriate.
39.16(6) Agents shall use the suitability standards developed by the issuer in marketing long–term care insurance.
39.16(7) At the same time as the personal worksheet is provided to the applicant, the disclosure form entitled “Things You Should Know Before You Buy Long–Term Care Insurance” shall be provided. The form shall be in the format contained in Appendix C, in not less than 12–point type.
39.16(8) If the issuer determines that the applicant does not meet its financial suitability standards, or if the applicant has declined to provide the information, the issuer may reject the application. In the alternative, the issuer shall send the applicant a letter similar to Appendix D. However, if the applicant has declined to provide financial information, the issuer may use some other method to verify the applicant’s intent. Either the applicant’s returned letter or a record of the alternative method of verification shall be made part of the applicant’s file.
39.16(9) The issuer shall report annually to the commissioner the total number of applications received from residents of this state, the number of applicants who declined to provide information on the personal worksheet, the number of applicants who did not meet the suitability standards, and the number of applicants who chose to confirm after receiving a suitability letter.
ITEM 16. Rescind subrule 39.18(9) and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
39.18(9) Format for outline of coverage:
[COMPANY NAME]
[ADDRESS — CITY & STATE]
[TELEPHONE NUMBER]
LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE
OUTLINE OF COVERAGE
[Policy Number or Group Master Policy
and Certificate Number]
[Except for policies or certificates which are guaranteed issue, the following caution statement, or substantially similar language, must appear as follows in the outline of coverage.]
Caution: The issuance of this long–term care insurance [policy] [certificate] is based upon your responses to the questions on your application. A copy of your [application] [enrollment form] [is enclosed] [was retained by you when you applied]. If your answers are incorrect or untrue, the company has the right to deny benefits or rescind your policy. The best time to clear up any questions is now, before a claim arises! If, for any reason, any of your answers are incorrect, contact the company at this address: [insert address]

1. This policy is [an individual policy of insurance] [[a group policy] which was issued in the [indicate jurisdiction in which group policy was issued]].

2. PURPOSE OF OUTLINE OF COVERAGE. This outline of coverage provides a very brief description of the important features of the policy. You should compare this outline of coverage to outlines of coverage for other policies available to you. This is not an insurance contract, but only a summary of coverage. Only the individual or group policy contains governing contractual provisions. This means that the policy or group policy sets forth in detail the rights and obligations of both you and the insurance company. Therefore, if you purchase this coverage, or any other coverage, it is important that you READ YOUR POLICY (OR CERTIFICATE) CAREFULLY!

3. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES.
This [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] is intended to be a federally tax–qualified long–term care insurance contract under Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
OR
Federal Tax Implications of this [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE]. This [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] is not intended to be a federally tax–qualified long–term care insurance contract under Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Benefits received under the [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] may be taxable as income.

4. TERMS UNDER WHICH THE POLICY OR CERTIFICATE MAY BE CONTINUED IN FORCE OR DISCONTINUED.
(a) [For long–term care health insurance policies or certificates describe one of the following permissible policy renewability provisions:
(1) Policies and certificates that are guaranteed renewable shall contain the following statement:] RENEWABILITY: THIS [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] IS GUARANTEED RENEWABLE. This means you have the right, subject to the terms of your [policy] [certificate], to continue this policy as long as you pay your premiums on time. [Company Name] cannot change any of the terms of your policy on its own, except that, in the future, IT MAY INCREASE THE PREMIUM YOU PAY.
(2) [Policies and certificates that are noncancellable shall contain the following statement:] RENEWABILITY: THIS [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] IS NONCANCELLABLE. This means that you have the right, subject to the terms of your policy, to continue this policy as long as you pay your premiums on time. [Company Name] cannot change any of the terms of your policy on its own and cannot change the premium you currently pay. However, if your policy contains an inflation protection feature where you choose to increase your benefits, [Company Name] may increase your premium at that time for those additional benefits.
(b) [For group coverage, specifically describe continuation/conversion provisions applicable to the certificate and group policy;]
(c) [Describe waiver of premium provisions or state that there are not such provisions.]

5. TERMS UNDER WHICH THE COMPANY MAY CHANGE PREMIUMS.
[In bold type larger than the maximum type required to be used for the other provisions of the outline of coverage, state whether or not the company has a right to change the premium and, if a right exists, describe clearly and concisely each circumstance under which the premium may change.]

6. TERMS UNDER WHICH THE POLICY OR CERTIFICATE MAY BE RETURNED AND PREMIUM REFUNDED.
(a) [Provide a brief description of the right to return— “free look” provision of the policy.]
(b) [Include a statement that the policy either does or does not contain provisions providing for a refund or partial refund of premium upon the death of an insured or surrender of the policy or certificate. If the policy contains such provisions, include a description of them.]

7. THIS IS NOT MEDICARE SUPPLEMENT COVERAGE. If you are eligible for Medicare, review the Medicare Supplement Buyer’s Guide available from the insurance company.
(a) [For agents] Neither [insert company name] nor its agents represent Medicare, the federal government or any state government.
(b) [For direct response] [insert company name] is not representing Medicare, the federal government or any state government.

8. LONG–TERM CARE COVERAGE. Policies of this category are designed to provide coverage for one or more necessary or medically necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance, or personal care services, provided in a setting other than an acute care unit of a hospital, such as in a nursing home, in the community or in the home.
This policy provides coverage in the form of a fixed dollar indemnity benefit for covered long–term care expenses, subject to policy [limitations] [waiting periods] and [coinsurance] requirements. [Modify this paragraph if the policy is not an indemnity policy.]

9. BENEFITS PROVIDED BY THIS POLICY.
(a) [Covered services, related deductibles, waiting periods, elimination periods and benefit maximums.]
(b) [Institutional benefits, by skill level.]
(c) [Noninstitutional benefits, by skill level.]
(d) Eligibility for Payment of Benefits
[Activities of daily living and cognitive impairment shall be used to measure an insured’s need for long–term care and must be defined and described as part of the outline of coverage.]
[Any additional benefit triggers must also be explained. If these triggers differ for different benefits, explanation of the triggers should accompany each benefit description. If an attending physician or other specified person must certify a certain level of the insured’s functional dependency in order for the insured to be eligible for benefits, this too must be specified.]

10. LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS.
[Describe:
(a) Preexisting conditions;
(b) Noneligible facilities and provider;
(c) Noneligible levels of care (e.g., unlicensed providers, care or treatment provided by a family member, etc.);
(d) Exclusions and exceptions;
(e) Limitations.]
[This section should provide a brief, specific description of any policy provisions which limit, exclude, restrict, reduce, delay, or in any other manner operate to qualify payment of the benefits described in “6” above.]
THIS POLICY MAY NOT COVER ALL THE EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR LONG–TERM CARE NEEDS.

11. RELATIONSHIP OF COST OF CARE AND BENEFITS. Because the costs of long–term care services will likely increase over time, you should consider whether and how the benefits of this plan may be adjusted. [As applicable, indicate the following:
(a) That the benefit level will not increase over time;
(b) Any automatic benefit adjustment provisions;
(c) Whether the insured will be guaranteed the option to buy additional benefits and the basis upon which benefits will be increased over time if not by a specified amount or percentage;
(d) If there is such a guarantee, include whether additional underwriting or health screening will be required, the frequency and amounts of the upgrade options, and any significant restrictions or limitations;
(e) And finally, describe whether there will be any additional premium charge imposed, and how that is to be calculated.]

12. ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE AND OTHER ORGANIC BRAIN DISORDERS.
[State that the policy provides coverage for insureds clinically diagnosed as having Alzheimer’s disease or related degenerative and dementing illnesses. Specifically describe each benefit screen or other policy provision which provides preconditions to the availability of policy benefits for such an insured.]

13. PREMIUM.
[(a) State the total annual premium for the policy;
(b) If the premium varies with an applicant’s choice among benefit options, indicate the portion of annual premium which corresponds to each benefit option.]

14. ADDITIONAL FEATURES.
[(a) Indicate if medical underwriting is used;
(b) Describe other important features.]

15. CONTACT THE STATE SENIOR HEALTH INSURANCE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM (800–351–4664) IF YOU HAVE GENERAL QUESTIONS REGARDING LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE. CONTACT THE INSURANCE COMPANY IF YOU HAVE SPECIFIC QUESTIONS REGARDING YOUR LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE POLICY OR CERTIFICATE.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 191—39.19(514G) as follows:
191—39.19(514G) Requirement to deliver shopper’s guide.
39.19(1) A long–term care insurance shopper’s guide in the format developed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association or, the Health Insurance Association of America or the senior health insurance information program of the insurance division shall be provided to all prospective applicants of a long–term care insurance policy or certificate or life insurance policy or certificate that includes a long–term care rider.
1 a. In the case of agent solicitations, an agent must deliver the shopper’s guide to the applicant at the time of application.
2 b. In the case of direct response solicitations, the shopper’s guide must be presented to the applicant at the time the policy is delivered.
39.19(2) Insurers offering life insurance policies or riders containing accelerated long–term care benefits are not required to comply with 39.19(1), but shall furnish the policy summary required under rule 191—39.20(514G).
ITEM 18. Amend rule 191—39.20(514G) as follows:
191—39.20(514G) Policy summary and delivery of life insurance policies with long–term care riders.
39.20(1) If an application for a long–term care insurance contract or certificate is approved, the issuer shall deliver the contract or certificate of insurance to the applicant no later than 30 days after the date of approval.
39.20(2) At the time of policy delivery, a policy summary shall be delivered for an individual life insurance policy which provides long–term care benefits within the policy or by rider. In the case of direct response solicitations, the insurer shall deliver the policy summary upon the applicant’s request, but regardless of request shall make such delivery no later than at the time of policy delivery. In addition to complying with all applicable requirements, the summary shall also include:
1 a. An explanation of how the long–term care benefit interacts with other components of the policy, including deductions from death benefits;
2 b. An illustration of the amount of benefits, the length of benefit, and the guaranteed lifetime benefits, if any, for each covered person;
3 c. Any exclusions, reductions, and limitations on benefits of long–term care; and
4 d. If applicable to the policy type, the summary shall also include a disclosure of the effects of exercising other rights under the policy, a disclosure of guarantees related to long–term care costs of insurance charges, and current and projected maximum lifetime benefits. ;
e. A statement that any long–term care inflation protection option required by rule 191—39.10(514D,514G) is not available under this policy.
The provisions of the policy summary listed above may be incorporated into a basic illustration required to be delivered in accordance with 191—Chapter 14 or into the life insurance policy summary which is required to be delivered in accordance with rule 191—15.4(507B).
ITEM 19. Amend 191—Chapter 39 by adopting the following new rules:
191—39.23(514G) Denial of claims. If a claim under a long–term care insurance contract is denied, the issuer shall, within 60 days of the date of a written request by the policyholder or certificate holder, or a representative thereof, provide a written explanation of the reasons for the denial; and make available all information directly related to the denial.
191—39.24(514G) Incontestability period.
39.24(1) For a policy or certificate that has been in force for less than six months, an insurer may rescind a long–term care insurance policy or certificate or deny an otherwise valid long–term care insurance claim upon a showing of misrepresentation that is material to the acceptance for coverage.
39.24(2) For a policy or certificate that has been in force for at least six months but less than two years, an insurer may rescind a long–term care insurance policy or certificate or deny an otherwise valid long–term care insurance claim upon a showing of misrepresentation that is both material to the acceptance for coverage and which pertains to the condition for which benefits are sought.
39.24(3) After a policy or certificate has been in force for two years, it is not contestable upon the grounds of misrepresentation alone; such policy or certificate may be contested only upon a showing that the insured knowingly and intentionally misrepresented relevant facts relating to the insured’s health.
39.24(4) No long–term care insurance policy or certificate may be field–issued based on medical or health status. For purposes of this subrule, “field–issued” means a policy or certificate issued by an agent or a third–party administrator pursuant to the underwriting authority granted to the agent or third–party administrator by an insurer.
39.24(5) If an insurer has paid benefits under the long–term care insurance policy or certificate, the benefit payments may not be recovered by the insurer in the event that the policy or certificate is rescinded.
39.24(6) In the event of the death of the insured, this rule shall not apply to the remaining death benefit of a life insurance policy that accelerates benefits for long–term care. In this situation, the remaining death benefits under these policies shall be governed by Iowa Code section 508.28. In all other situations, this rule shall apply to life insurance policies that accelerate benefits for long–term care.
191—39.25(514G) Required disclosure of rating practices to consumers.
39.25(1) Applicability. This rule applies to any new long–term care policy or certificate issued in this state on or after January 1, 2003. For certificates issued under a group long–term care insurance policy which policy was in force prior to January 1, 2003, the provisions of this rule shall apply on the policy anniversary following January 1, 2003.
39.25(2) Contents of disclosure. Other than policies for which no applicable premium rate or rate schedule increases can be made, insurers shall provide all of the information listed in this subrule to the applicant at the time of application or enrollment, unless the method of application does not allow for delivery at that time. In such a case, an insurer shall provide all of the information listed in this subrule to the applicant no later than at the time of delivery of the policy or certificate.
a. A statement that the policy may be subject to rate increases in the future;
b. An explanation of potential future premium rate revisions, and the policyholder’s or certificate holder’s option in the event of a premium rate revision;
c. The premium rate or rate schedules applicable to the applicant that will be in effect until a request is made for an increase;
d. A general explanation for applying premium rate or rate schedule adjustments that shall include:
(1) A description of when premium rate or rate schedule adjustments will be effective (e.g., next anniversary date, next billing date, etc.); and
(2) The right to a revised premium rate or rate schedule as provided in paragraph 39.25(2)“c” if the premium rate or rate schedule is changed;
e. Information regarding each premium rate increase on this policy form or similar policy forms over the past ten years for this state or any other state.
(1) The following, at a minimum, shall be included:
1. The policy forms for which premium rates have been increased;
2. The calendar years when the form was available for purchase; and
3. The amount or percent of each increase. The percentage may be expressed as a percentage of the premium rate prior to the increase, and may also be expressed as minimum and maximum percentages if the rate increase is variable by rating characteristics.
(2) The insurer may, in a fair manner, provide additional explanatory information related to the rate increases.
(3) An insurer shall have the right to exclude from the disclosure premium rate increases that only apply to blocks of business acquired from other nonaffiliated insurers or the long–term care policies acquired from other nonaffiliated insurers when those increases occurred prior to the acquisition.
(4) If an acquiring insurer files for a rate increase on a long–term care policy form acquired from nonaffiliated insurers or on a block of policy forms acquired from nonaffiliated insurers on or before the later of the effective date of this subrule or the end of a 24–month period following the acquisition of the block or policies, the acquiring insurer may exclude that rate increase from the disclosure. However, the nonaffiliated selling company shall include the disclosure of that rate increase in accordance with paragraph “e.”
(5) If the acquiring insurer in subparagraph (4) above files for a subsequent rate increase, even within the 24–month period, on the same policy form acquired from nonaffiliated insurers or block of policy forms acquired from nonaffiliated insurers referenced in subparagraph (4), the acquiring insurer shall make all disclosures required by paragraph “e,” including disclosure of the earlier rate increase referenced in subparagraph (4).
39.25(3) Acknowledgment. An applicant shall sign an acknowledgment at the time of application, unless the method of application does not allow for signature at that time, that the insurer made the disclosure required under 39.25(2)“a” and 39.25(2)“e.” If due to the method of application the applicant cannot sign an acknowledgment at the time of application, the applicant shall sign no later than at the time of delivery of the policy or certificate.
39.25(4) Required format. An insurer shall use the forms in Appendices B and F to comply with the requirements of this rule.
39.25(5) Notice of rate increase. An insurer shall provide notice of an upcoming premium rate schedule increase to all policyholders or certificate holders, if applicable, at least 45 days prior to the implementation of the premium rate schedule increase by the insurer. The notice shall include the information required by subrule 39.25(2) when the rate increase is implemented.
191—39.26(514G) Initial filing requirements.
39.26(1) Effective date. This rule applies to any long–term care policy issued in this state on or after January 1, 2003.
39.26(2) Required filing. An insurer shall provide the information listed in this subrule to the commissioner 30 days prior to making a long–term care insurance form available for sale.
a. A copy of the disclosure documents required in rule 191—39.25(514G); and
b. An actuarial certification consisting of at least the following:
(1) A statement that the initial premium rate schedule is sufficient to cover anticipated costs under moderately adverse experience and that the premium rate schedule is reasonably expected to be sustainable over the life of the form with no future premium increases anticipated;
(2) A statement that the policy design and coverage provided have been reviewed and taken into consideration;
(3) A statement that the underwriting and claims adjudication processes have been reviewed and taken into consideration;
(4) A complete description of the basis for contract reserves that are anticipated to be held under the form, to include:
1. Sufficient detail or sample calculations provided so as to have a complete depiction of the reserve amounts to be held;
2. A statement that the assumptions used for reserves contain reasonable margins for adverse experience;
3. A statement that the net valuation premium for renewal years does not increase (except for attained–age rating where permitted); and
4. A statement that the difference between the gross premium and the net valuation premium for renewal years is sufficient to cover expected renewal expenses; or if such a statement cannot be made, a complete description of the situations where this does not occur;
An aggregate distribution of anticipated issues may be used as long as the underlying gross premiums maintain a reasonably consistent relationship;
If the gross premiums for certain age groups appear to be inconsistent with this requirement, the commissioner may request a demonstration under subrule 39.26(3) based on a standard age distribution; and
(5) A statement that the premium rate schedule is not less than the premium rate schedule for existing similar policy forms also available from the insurer except for reasonable differences attributable to benefits; or a comparison of the premium schedules for similar policy forms that are currently available from the insurer with an explanation of the differences.
39.26(3) Demonstration on request.
a. The commissioner may request an actuarial demonstration that benefits are reasonable in relation to premiums. The actuarial demonstration shall include either premium and claim experience on similar policy forms, adjusted for any premium or benefit differences, relevant and credible data from other studies, or both.
b. In the event the commissioner asks for additional information under this provision, the period in subrule 39.26(2) does not include the period during which the insurer is preparing the requested information.
191—39.27(514G) Reporting requirements.
39.27(1) Every insurer shall maintain for each agent rec–ords of that agent’s amount of replacement sales as a percent of the agent’s total annual sales and the amount of lapses of long–term care insurance policies sold by the agent as a percent of the agent’s total annual sales.
39.27(2) Every insurer shall report annually by June 30 the 10 percent of its agents with the greatest percentages of lapses and replacements as measured by subrule 39.27(1) in the format prescribed in Appendix G.
39.27(3) Reported replacement and lapse rates do not alone constitute a violation of insurance laws or necessarily imply wrongdoing. The reports are for the purpose of reviewing more closely agent activities regarding the sale of long–term care insurance.
39.27(4) Every insurer shall report annually by June 30 the number of lapsed policies as a percent of its total annual sales and as a percent of its total number of policies in force as of the end of the preceding calendar year in the format prescribed in Appendix G.
39.27(5) Every insurer shall report annually by June 30 the number of replacement policies sold as a percent of its total annual sales and as a percent of its total number of policies in force as of the preceding calendar year in the format prescribed in Appendix G.
39.27(6) Every insurer shall report annually by June 30, for qualified long–term care insurance contracts, the number of claims denied for each class of business, expressed as a percentage of claims denied in the format prescribed in Appendix E.
39.27(7) For purposes of rule 191—39.27(514G):
a. “Policy” means only long–term care insurance;
b. Subject to paragraph “c” below, “claim” means a request for payment of benefits under an in–force policy regardless of whether the benefit claimed is covered under the policy or any terms or conditions of the policy have been met;
c. “Denied” means the insurer refuses to pay a claim for any reason other than for claims not paid for failure to meet the waiting period or because of an applicable preexisting condition; and
d. “Report” means on a statewide basis.
39.27(8) Reports required under this rule shall be filed with the commissioner. The first reports under this rule are due June 30, 2004.
191—39.28(514G) Premium rate schedule increases.
39.28(1) This rule applies to any long–term care policy or certificate issued in this state on or after January 1, 2003. For certificates issued under a group long–term care insurance policy which policy was in force on January 1, 2003, the provisions of this rule shall apply on the policy anniversary following July 1, 2003.
39.28(2) An insurer shall provide notice of a pending premium rate schedule increase, including an exceptional increase, to the commissioner at least 30 days prior to the notice to the policyholders and shall include:
a. Information required by rule 191—39.25(514G);
b. Certification by a qualified actuary that:
(1) If the requested premium rate schedule increase is implemented and the underlying assumptions, which reflect moderately adverse conditions, are realized, no further premium rate schedule increases are anticipated;
(2) The premium rate filing is in compliance with the provisions of this rule;
c. An actuarial memorandum justifying the rate schedule change request that includes:
(1) Lifetime projections of earned premiums and incurred claims based on the filed premium rate schedule increase; and the method and assumptions used in determining the projected values, including reflection of any assumptions that deviate from those used for pricing other forms currently available for sale;
1. Annual values for the five years preceding and the three years following the valuation date shall be provided separately;
2. The projections shall include the development of the lifetime loss ratio, unless the rate increase is an exceptional increase;
3. The projections shall demonstrate compliance with subrule 39.28(3); and
4. For exceptional increases,
The projected experience should be limited to the increases in claims expenses attributable to the approved reasons for the exceptional increase; and
In the event the commissioner determines that offsets may exist, the insurer shall use appropriate net projected experience;
(2) Disclosure of how reserves have been incorporated in this rate increase whenever the rate increase will trigger contingent benefit upon lapse;
(3) Disclosure of the analysis performed to determine why a rate adjustment is necessary, which pricing assumptions were not realized and why, and what other actions taken by the company have been relied on by the actuary;
(4) A statement that policy design, underwriting and claims adjudication practices have been taken into consideration; and
(5) In the event that it is necessary to maintain consistent premium rates for new certificates and certificates receiving a rate increase, the insurer will need to file composite rates reflecting projections of new certificates;
d. A statement that renewal premium rate schedules are not greater than new business premium rate schedules except for differences attributable to benefits, unless sufficient justification is provided to the commissioner; and
e. Sufficient information for review of the premium rate schedule increase by the commissioner.
39.28(3) All premium rate schedule increases shall be determined in accordance with the following requirements:
a. Exceptional increases shall provide that 70 percent of the present value of projected additional premiums from the exceptional increase will be returned to policyholders in benefits;
b. Premium rate schedule increases shall be calculated such that the sum of the accumulated value of incurred claims, without the inclusion of active life reserves, and the present value of future projected incurred claims, without the inclusion of active life reserves, will not be less than the sum of the following:
(1) The accumulated value of the initial earned premium multiplied by 58 percent;
(2) Eighty–five percent of the accumulated value of prior premium rate schedule increases on an earned basis;
(3) The present value of future projected initial earned premiums multiplied by 58 percent; and
(4) Eighty–five percent of the present value of future projected premiums not in subparagraph (3) above on an earned basis;
c. In the event that a policy form has both exceptional and other increases, the values in subparagraphs 39.28(3)“b”(2) and (4) will also include 70 percent for exceptional rate increase amounts; and
d. All present and accumulated values used to determine rate increases shall use the maximum valuation interest rate for contract reserves as recommended by the NAIC Financial Examiners Handbook. The actuary shall disclose as part of the actuarial memorandum the use of any appropriate averages.
39.28(4) For each rate increase that is implemented, the insurer shall file for review by the commissioner updated projections, as defined in subparagraph 39.28(2)“c”(1), annually for the next three years and include a comparison of actual results to projected values. The commissioner may extend the period to greater than three years if actual results are not consistent with projected values from prior projections. For group insurance policies that meet the conditions in subrule 39.28(11), the projections required by this subrule shall be provided to the policyholder in lieu of filing with the commissioner.
39.28(5) If any premium rate in the revised premium rate schedule is greater than 200 percent of the comparable rate in the initial premium schedule, lifetime projections, as defined in subparagraph 39.28(2)“c”(1), shall be filed for review by the commissioner every five years following the end of the required period in subrule 39.28(4). For group insurance policies that meet the conditions in subrule 39.28(11), the projections required by this paragraph shall be provided to the policyholder in lieu of filing with the commissioner.
39.28(6) If the commissioner has determined that the actual experience following a rate increase does not adequately match the projected experience and that the current projections under moderately adverse conditions demonstrate that incurred claims will not exceed proportions of premiums specified in subrule 39.28(3), the commissioner may require the insurer to implement any of the following:
a. Premium rate schedule adjustments; or
b. Other measures to reduce the difference between the projected and actual experience.
In determining whether the actual experience adequately matches the projected experience, consideration should be given to subparagraph 39.28(2)“c”(5), if applicable.
39.28(7) If the majority of the policies or certificates to which the increase is applicable are eligible for the contingent benefit upon lapse, the insurer shall file:
a. A plan, subject to commissioner approval, for improved administration or claims processing designed to eliminate the potential for further deterioration of the policy form requiring further premium rate schedule increases, or both, or to demonstrate that appropriate administration and claims processing have been implemented or are in effect; otherwise the commissioner may impose the condition in subrule 39.28(8); and
b. The original anticipated lifetime loss ratio, and the premium rate schedule increase that would have been calculated according to subrule 39.28(3) had the greater of the original anticipated lifetime loss ratio or 58 percent been used in the calculations described in subparagraphs 39.28(3)“b”(1) and (3).
39.28(8) Review of lapse rates.
a. For a rate increase filing that meets the following criteria, the commissioner shall review, for all policies included in the filing, the projected lapse rates and past lapse rates during the 12 months following each increase to determine if significant adverse lapsation has occurred or is anticipated:
(1) The rate increase is not the first rate increase requested for the specific policy form or forms;
(2) The rate increase is not an exceptional increase; and
(3) The majority of the policies or certificates to which the increase is applicable are eligible for the contingent benefit upon lapse.
b. In the event significant adverse lapsation has occurred, is anticipated in the filing or is evidenced in the actual results as presented in the updated projections provided by the insurer following the requested rate increase, the commissioner may determine that a rate spiral exists. Following the determination that a rate spiral exists, the commissioner may require the insurer to offer, without underwriting, to all in–force insureds subject to the rate increase the option to replace existing coverage with one or more reasonably comparable products being offered by the insurer or its affiliates.
(1) The offer shall:
1. Be subject to the approval of the commissioner;
2. Be based on actuarially sound principles, but not be based on attained age; and
3. Provide that maximum benefits under any new policy accepted by an insured shall be reduced by comparable benefits already paid under the existing policy.
(2) The insurer shall maintain the experience of all the replacement insureds separate from the experience of insureds originally issued the policy forms. In the event of a request for a rate increase on the policy form, the rate increase shall be limited to the lesser of:
1. The maximum rate increase determined based on the combined experience; and
2. The maximum rate increase determined based only on the experience of the insureds originally issued the form plus 10 percent.
39.28(9) If the commissioner determines that the insurer has exhibited a persistent practice of filing inadequate initial premium rates for long–term care insurance, the commissioner may, in addition to the provisions of subrule 39.28(8), prohibit the insurer from either of the following:
a. Filing and marketing comparable coverage for a period of up to 5 years; or
b. Offering all other similar coverages and limiting marketing of new applications to the products subject to recent premium rate schedule increases.
39.28(10) Subrules 39.28(1) through 39.28(9) shall not apply to policies for which the long–term care benefits provided by the policy are incidental, as defined in subrule 39.5(16), if the policy complies with all of the following provisions:
a. The interest credited internally to determine cash value accumulations, including long–term care, if any, is guaranteed not to be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate for cash value accumulations without long–term care set forth in the policy;
b. The portion of the policy that provides insurance benefits other than long–term care coverage meets the nonforfeiture requirements as applicable in any of the following:
(1) Iowa Code section 508.37, regarding nonforfeiture standards for life insurance;
(2) Iowa Code section 508.38, regarding nonforfeiture standards for individual deferred annuities; and
(3) Iowa Code section 508A.5 and 191—subrule 31.3(8), regarding variable annuities;
c. The policy meets the disclosure requirements of rules 191—39.20(514G) and 191—39.21(514G);
d. The portion of the policy that provides insurance benefits other than long–term care coverage meets the requirements as applicable in the following:
(1) Policy illustrations as required by 191—Chapter 14;
(2) Disclosure requirements for annuities as required by the commissioner; and
(3) Disclosure requirements for variable annuities as required by 191—Chapter 31;
e. An actuarial memorandum is filed with the insurance division that includes:
(1) A description of the basis on which the long–term care rates were determined;
(2) A description of the basis for the reserves;
(3) A summary of the type of policy, benefits, renewability, general marketing method, and limits on ages of issuance;
(4) A description and a table of each actuarial assumption used. For expenses, an insurer must include percent of premium dollars per policy and dollars per unit of benefits, if any;
(5) A description and a table of the anticipated policy reserves and additional reserves to be held in each future year for active lives;
(6) The estimated average annual premium per policy and the average issue age;
(7) A statement as to whether underwriting is performed at the time of application. The statement shall indicate whether underwriting is used and, if underwriting is used, the statement shall include a description of the type or types of underwriting used, such as medical underwriting or functional assessment underwriting. Concerning a group policy, the statement shall indicate whether the enrollee or any dependent will be underwritten and when underwriting occurs; and
(8) A description of the effect of the long–term care policy provision on the required premiums, nonforfeiture values and reserves on the underlying insurance policy, both for active lives and those in long–term care claim status.
39.28(11) Subrules 39.28(6) and 39.28(8) shall not apply to group insurance policies where:
a. The policies insure 250 or more persons and the policyholder has 5,000 or more eligible employees of a single employer; or
b. The policyholder, and not the certificate holders, pays a material portion of the premium, which shall not be less than 20 percent of the total premium for the group in the calendar year prior to the year a rate increase is filed.
191—39.29(514G) Nonforfeiture.
39.29(1) Except as provided in subrule 39.29(2), a long–term care insurance policy may not be delivered or issued for delivery in this state unless the policyholder or certificate holder has been offered the option of purchasing a policy or certificate including a nonforfeiture benefit. The offer of a nonforfeiture benefit may be in the form of a rider that is attached to the policy. In the event the policyholder or certificate holder declines the nonforfeiture benefit, the insurer shall provide a contingent benefit upon lapse that shall be available for a specified period of time following a substantial increase in premium rates.
39.29(2) When a group long–term care insurance policy is issued to a group defined in Iowa Code section 514G.4(4)“d,” the offer required in subrule 39.29(1) shall be made to the group policyholder. However, if the policy is issued as group long–term care insurance, other than to a continuing care retirement community or other similar entity, the offering shall be made to each proposed certificate holder.
39.29(3) This rule does not apply to life insurance policies or riders containing accelerated long–term care benefits.
39.29(4) To comply with the requirement to offer a nonforfeiture benefit pursuant to the provisions of subrule 39.29(1):
a. A policy or certificate offered with nonforfeiture benefits shall have coverage elements, eligibility, benefit triggers and benefit length that are the same as coverage to be issued without nonforfeiture benefits. The nonforfeiture benefit included in the offer shall be the benefit described in subrule 39.29(7); and
b. The offer shall be in writing if the nonforfeiture benefit is not otherwise described in the outline of coverage or other materials given to the prospective policyholder.
39.29(5) If the offer required to be made under subrule 39.29(1) is rejected, the insurer shall provide the contingent benefit upon lapse described in this rule.
39.29(6) Benefit triggers.
a. After rejection of the offer required under subrule 39.29(1), for individual and group policies without nonforfeiture benefits issued after January 1, 2003, the insurer shall provide a contingent benefit upon lapse.
b. In the event a group policyholder elects to make the nonforfeiture benefit an option to the certificate holder, a certificate shall provide either the nonforfeiture benefit or the contingent benefit upon lapse.
c. The contingent benefit upon lapse shall be triggered every time an insurer increases the premium rates to a level which results in a cumulative increase of the annual premium equal to or exceeding the percentage of the insured’s initial annual premium set forth below based on the insured’s issue age, and the policy or certificate lapses within 120 days of the due date of the premium so increased. Unless otherwise required, policyholders shall be notified at least 30 days prior to the due date of the premium reflecting the rate increase.
Triggers for a Substantial Premium Increase
Issue Age

Percent Increase
Over Initial Premium
29 and under

200%
30–34

190%
35–39

170%
40–44

150%
45–49

130%
50–54

110%
55–59

90%
60

70%
61

66%
62

62%
63

58%
64

54%
65

50%
66

48%
67

46%
68

44%
69

42%
70

40%
71

38%
72

36%
73

34%
74

32%
75

30%
76

28%
77

26%
78

24%
79

22%
80

20%
81

19%
82

18%
83

17%
84

16%
85

15%
86

14%
87

13%
88

12%
89

11%
90 and over

10%

d. On or before the effective date of a substantial premium increase as defined in paragraph 39.29(6)“c,” the insurer shall:
(1) Offer to reduce policy benefits provided by the current coverage without the requirement of additional underwriting so that required premium payments are not increased;
(2) Offer to convert the coverage to a paid–up status with a shortened benefit period in accordance with the terms of subrule 39.29(7). This option may be elected at any time during the 120–day period referenced in paragraph 39.29(6)“c”; and
(3) Notify the policyholder or certificate holder that a default or lapse at any time during the 120–day period referenced in paragraph 39.29(6)“c” shall be deemed to be the election of the offer to convert in subparagraph (2) above.
39.29(7) Benefits continued as nonforfeiture benefits, including contingent benefits upon lapse, are described in this subrule.
a. For purposes of this subrule, attained age rating is defined as a schedule of premiums starting from the issue date which increases age at least 1 percent per year prior to age 50, and at least 3 percent per year beyond age 50.
b. For purposes of this subrule, the nonforfeiture benefit shall be of a shortened benefit period providing paid–up long–term care insurance coverage after lapse. The same benefits (amounts and frequency in effect at the time of lapse but not increased thereafter) will be payable for a qualifying claim, but the lifetime maximum dollars or days of benefits shall be determined as specified in paragraph “c.”
c. The standard nonforfeiture credit will be equal to 100 percent of the sum of all premiums paid, including the premiums paid prior to any changes in benefits. The insurer may offer additional shortened benefit period options, as long as the benefits for each duration equal or exceed the standard nonforfeiture credit for that duration. However, the minimum nonforfeiture credit shall not be less than 30 times the daily nursing home benefit at the time of lapse. In either event, the calculation of the nonforfeiture credit is subject to the limitation of subrule 39.29(8).
d. Benefit dates.
(1) The nonforfeiture benefit shall begin not later than the end of the third year following the policy or certificate issue date. The contingent benefit upon lapse shall be effective during the first three years as well as thereafter.
(2) Notwithstanding subparagraph (1), for a policy or certificate with attained age rating, the nonforfeiture benefit shall begin on the earlier of:
1. The end of the tenth year following the policy or certificate issue date; or
2. The end of the second year following the date the policy or certificate is no longer subject to attained age rating.
e. Nonforfeiture credits may be used for all care and services qualifying for benefits under the terms of the policy or certificate, up to the limits specified in the policy or certificate.
39.29(8) All benefits paid by the insurer while the policy or certificate is in premium–paying status and in paid–up status will not exceed the maximum benefits which would be payable if the policy or certificate had remained in premium–paying status.
39.29(9) There shall be no difference in the minimum nonforfeiture benefits as required under this rule for group and individual policies.
39.29(10) The requirements set forth in this rule shall become effective July 1, 2003, and shall apply as follows:
a. Except as provided in paragraph “b,” the provisions of this rule apply to any long–term care policy issued on or after January 1, 2003.
b. For certificates issued on or after July 1, 2003, under a group long–term care insurance policy which policy was in force on January 1, 2003, the provisions of this rule shall not apply.
39.29(11) Premiums charged for a policy or certificate containing nonforfeiture benefits or a contingent benefit upon lapse shall be subject to the loss ratio requirements of 39.13(2) or 191—39.28(514G), whichever applies, treating the policy as a whole.
39.29(12) To determine whether contingent nonforfeiture upon lapse provisions are triggered under paragraph 39.29(6)“c,” a replacing insurer that purchased or otherwise assumed a block or blocks of long–term care insurance policies from another insurer shall calculate the percentage increase based on the initial annual premium paid by the insured when the policy was first purchased from the original insurer.
39.29(13) A nonforfeiture benefit for qualified long–term care insurance contracts that are level premium contracts shall be offered that meets the following requirements:
a. The nonforfeiture provision shall be appropriately captioned;
b. The nonforfeiture provision shall provide a benefit available in the event of a default in the payment of any premiums and shall state that the amount of the benefit may be adjusted subsequent to being initially granted only as necessary to reflect changes in claims, persistency and interest as reflected in changes in rates for premium–paying contracts approved by the commissioner for the same contract form; and
c. The nonforfeiture provision shall provide at least one of the following:
(1) Reduced paid–up insurance;
(2) Extended term insurance;
(3) Shortened benefit period; or
(4) Other similar offerings approved by the commissioner.
191—39.30(514G) Standards for benefit triggers.
39.30(1) A long–term care insurance policy shall condition the payment of benefits on a determination of the insured’s ability to perform activities of daily living and on cognitive impairment. Eligibility for the payment of benefits shall not be more restrictive than requiring either a deficiency in the ability to perform not more than three of the activities of daily living or the presence of cognitive impairment.
39.30(2) Activities of daily living.
a. Activities of daily living shall include at least the following as defined in rule 191—39.5(514G) and in the policy:
(1) Bathing;
(2) Continence;
(3) Dressing;
(4) Eating;
(5) Toileting; and
(6) Transferring.
b. Insurers may use other activities of daily living to trigger covered benefits as long as the activities are defined in the policy.
39.30(3) An insurer may use additional provisions for the determination of when benefits are payable under a policy or certificate; however, the provisions shall not restrict, and are not in lieu of, the requirements contained in subrules 39.30(1) and 39.30(2).
39.30(4) For purposes of this rule, the determination of a deficiency shall not be more restrictive than:
a. Requiring the hands–on assistance of another person to perform the prescribed activities of daily living; or
b. If the deficiency is due to the presence of a cognitive impairment, supervision or verbal cuing by another person is needed in order to protect the insured or others.
39.30(5) Assessments of activities of daily living and cognitive impairment shall be performed by licensed or certified professionals, such as physicians, nurses or social workers.
39.30(6) Long–term care insurance policies shall include a clear description of the process for appealing and resolving benefit determinations.
39.30(7) The requirements set forth in this rule shall be effective July 1, 2003, and shall apply as follows:
a. Except as provided in paragraph “b,” the provisions of this rule apply to a long–term care policy issued in this state on or after January 1, 2003.
b. For certificates issued on or after July 1, 2003, under a group long–term care insurance policy as defined in Iowa Code section 514G.4(4)“a” that was in force on January 1, 2003, the provisions of this rule shall not apply.
191—39.31(514G) Additional standards for benefit triggers for qualified long–term care insurance contracts.
39.31(1) For purposes of this rule, the following definitions apply:
“Chronically ill individual” has the meaning prescribed for this term by Section 7702B(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Under this provision, a chronically ill individual means any individual who has been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as:
1. Being unable to perform (without substantial assistance from another individual) at least two activities of daily living for a period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity; or
2. Requiring substantial supervision to protect the individual from threats to health and safety due to severe cognitive impairment.
The term “chronically ill individual” shall not include an individual otherwise meeting these requirements unless within the preceding 12–month period a licensed health care practitioner has certified that the individual meets these requirements.
“Licensed health care practitioner” means a physician, as defined in Section 1861(r)(1) of the Social Security Act, a registered professional nurse, licensed social worker or other individual who meets requirements prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
“Maintenance or personal care services” means any care the primary purpose of which is the provision of needed assistance with any of the disabilities as a result of which the individual is a chronically ill individual (including the protection from threats to health and safety due to severe cognitive impairment).
“Qualified long–term care services” means services that meet the requirements of Section 7702(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as follows: necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, curative, treatment, mitigation and rehabilitative services, and maintenance or personal care services which are required by a chronically ill individual, and are provided pursuant to a plan of care prescribed by a licensed health care practitioner.
39.31(2) A qualified long–term care insurance contract shall pay only for qualified long–term care services received by a chronically ill individual provided pursuant to a plan of care prescribed by a licensed health care practitioner.
39.31(3) A qualified long–term care insurance contract shall condition the payment of benefits on a determination of the insured’s inability to perform activities of daily living for an expected period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity or to severe cognitive impairment.
39.31(4) Certifications regarding activities of daily living and cognitive impairment required pursuant to subrule 39.31(3) shall be performed by the following licensed or certified professionals: physicians, registered professional nurses, licensed social workers, or other individuals who meet requirements prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
39.31(5) Certifications required pursuant to subrule 39.31(3) may be performed by a licensed health care professional at the direction of the carrier as is reasonably necessary with respect to a specific claim, except that when a licensed health care practitioner has certified that an insured is unable to perform activities of daily living for an expected period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity and the insured is in claim status, the certification may not be rescinded and additional certifications may not be performed until after the expiration of the 90–day period.
39.31(6) Qualified long–term care insurance contracts shall include a clear description of the process for appealing and resolving disputes with respect to benefit determinations.
191—39.32(514G) Penalties. Violations of this chapter shall be subject to the penalties imposed under Iowa Code chapter 507B.
ITEM 20. Amend 191—Chapter 39 by adopting the following new Appendixes “A” through “G”:

APPENDIX A

RESCISSION REPORTING FORM FOR LONG–TERM CARE POLICIES
FOR THE STATE OF IOWA
FOR THE REPORTING YEAR 20[ ]
Company Name: ________________________________________________________________

Address: ________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

Phone Number: ________________________________________________________________

Due: March 1 annually
APPENDIX A (cont’d)

Instructions:
The purpose of this form is to report all rescissions of long–term care insurance policies or certificates. Those rescissions voluntarily effectuated by an insured are not required to be included in this report. Please furnish one form per rescission.











Policy
Form #

Policy and
Certificate #

Name of
Insured
Date of
Policy
Issuance
Date/s
Claim/s
Submitted

Date of
Rescission



















Detailed reason for rescission: ________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________
Signature
__________________________________
Name and Title (please type)
__________________________________
Date
APPENDIX B

Long–Term Care Insurance Personal Worksheet

People buy long–term care insurance for many reasons. Some don’t want to use their own assets to pay for long–term care. Some buy insurance to make sure they can choose the type of care they get. Others don’t want their family to have to pay for care or don’t want to go on Medicaid. But long–term care insurance may be expensive, and may not be right for everyone.

By state law, the insurance company must fill out part of the information on this worksheet and ask you to fill out the rest to help you and the company decide if you should buy this policy.

Premium Information

Policy Form Numbers _____________________

The premium for the coverage you are considering will be [$_________ per month, or $_______ per year]
[a one–time single premium of $____________].

Type of Policy (noncancellable/guaranteed renewable): ________________________________

The Company’s Right to Increase Premiums: ______________________________________

[The company cannot raise your rates on this policy.] [The company has a right to increase premiums on this policy form in the future, provided it raises rates for all policies in the same class in this state.] [Insurers shall use appropriate bracketed statement. Rate guarantees shall not be shown on this form.]

Rate Increase History

The company has sold long–term care insurance since [year] and has sold this policy since [year]. [The company has never raised its rates for any long–term care policy it has sold in this state or any other state.] [The company has not raised its rates for this policy form or similar policy forms in this state or any other state in the last 10 years.] [The company has raised its premium rates on this policy form or similar policy forms in the last 10 years. Following is a summary of the rate increases.]

Drafting Note: A company may use the first bracketed sentence above only if it has never increased rates under any prior policy forms in this state or any other state. The issuer shall list each premium increase it has instituted on this or similar policy forms in this state or any other state during the last 10 years. The list shall provide the policy form, the calendar years the form was available for sale, and the calendar year and the amount (percentage) of each increase. The insurer shall provide minimum and maximum percentages if the rate increase is variable by rating characteristics. The insurer may provide, in a fair manner, additional explanatory information as appropriate.

APPENDIX B (cont’d)
Questions Related to Your Income

How will you pay each year’s premium?
jFrom my Income jFrom my Savings/Investments jMy Family will Pay
[jHave you considered whether you could afford to keep this policy if the premiums went up, for example, by 20%?]

Drafting Note: The issuer is not required to use the bracketed sentence if the policy is fully paid up or is a noncancellable policy.

What is your annual income? (check one) jUnder $10,000 j$[10–20,000] j$[20–30,000] j$[30–50,000] jOver $50,000

Drafting Note: The issuer may choose the numbers to put in the brackets to fit its suitability standards.

How do you expect your income to change over the next 10 years? (check one)
jNo change jIncrease jDecrease

If you will be paying premiums with money received only from your own income, a rule of thumb is that you may not be able to afford this policy if the premiums will be more than 7% of your income.

Will you buy inflation protection? (check one) jYes jNo
If not, have you considered how you will pay for the difference between future costs and your daily benefit amount?
jFrom my Income jFrom my Savings/Investments jMy Family will Pay

The national average annual cost of care in [insert year] was [insert $ amount], but this figure varies across the country. In ten years the national average annual cost would be about [insert $ amount] if costs increase 5% annually.

Drafting Note: The projected cost can be based on federal estimates in a current year. In the above statement, the second figure equals 163% of the first figure.

What elimination period are you considering? Number of days _____ Approximate cost $________ for that period of care.

How are you planning to pay for your care during the elimination period? (check one)
jFrom my Income jFrom my Savings/Investments jMy Family will Pay

Questions Related to Your Savings and Investments

Not counting your home, about how much are all of your assets (your savings and investments) worth? (check one)
jUnder $20,000 j$20,000–$30,000 j$30,000–$50,000 jOver $50,000

How do you expect your assets to change over the next ten years? (check one)
jStay about the same jIncrease jDecrease

If you are buying this policy to protect your assets and your assets are less than $30,000, you may wish to consider other options for financing your long–term care.

Disclosure Statement


j The answers to the questions above describe my financial situation.
Or
j I choose not to complete this information.
(Check one.)

j I acknowledge that the carrier and/or its agent (below) has reviewed this form with me including the premium, premium rate increase history and potential for premium increases in the future. [For direct mail situations, use the following: I acknowledge that I have reviewed this form including the premium, premium rate increase history and potential for premium increases in the future.] I understand the above disclosures. I understand that the rates for this policy may increase in the future. (This box must be checked.)



APPENDIX B (cont’d)

Signed: _______________________________________ ____________________________________

(Applicant) (Date)

[j I explained to the applicant the importance of completing this information.

Signed: _______________________________________ ____________________________________

(Agent) (Date)

Agent’s Printed Name: __________________________________________________]

[In order for us to process your application, please return this signed statement to [name of company], along with your application.]

[My agent has advised me that this policy does not seem to be suitable for me. However, I still want the company to consider my application.

Signed: ___________________________________ _______________________________]

(Applicant) (Date)

Drafting Note: Choose the appropriate sentences depending on whether this is a direct mail or agent sale.

The company may contact you to verify your answers.

Drafting Note: When the Long–Term Care Insurance Personal Worksheet is furnished to employees and their spouses under employer group policies, the text from the heading “Disclosure Statement” to the end of the page may be removed.
APPENDIX C
Things You Should Know Before You Buy Long–Term Care Insurance

Long–Term
Care
Insurance
A long–term care insurance policy may pay most of the costs for your care in a nursing home. Many policies also pay for care at home or other community settings. Since policies can vary in coverage, you should read this policy and make sure you understand what it covers before you buy it.

[You should not buy this insurance policy unless you can afford to pay the premiums every year.] [Remember that the company can increase premiums in the future.]

Drafting Note: For single premium policies, delete this bullet; for noncancellable policies, delete the second sentence only.


The personal worksheet includes questions designed to help you and the company determine whether this policy is suitable for your needs.
Medicare
Medicare does not pay for most long–term care.
Medicaid
Medicaid will generally pay for long–term care if you have very little income and few assets. You probably should not buy this policy if you are now eligible for Medicaid.

Many people become eligible for Medicaid after they have used up their own financial resources by paying for long–term care services.

When Medicaid pays your spouse’s nursing home bills, you are allowed to keep your house and furniture, a living allowance, and some of your joint assets.

Your choice of long–term care services may be limited if you are receiving Medicaid. To learn more about Medicaid, contact your local or state Medicaid agency.
Shopper’s
Guide
Make sure the insurance company or agent gives you a copy of a booklet called the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ “Shopper’s Guide to Long–Term Care Insurance.” Read it carefully. If you have decided to apply for long–term care insurance, you have the right to return the policy within 30 days and get back any premium you have paid if you are dissatisfied for any reason or choose not to purchase the policy.
Counseling
Free counseling and additional information about long–term care insurance are available through your state’s insurance counseling program. Contact your state insurance department or department on aging for more information about the senior health insurance counseling program in your state.
APPENDIX D

Long–Term Care Insurance Suitability Letter

Dear [Applicant]:

Your recent application for long–term care insurance included a “personal worksheet,” which asked questions about your finances and your reasons for buying long–term care insurance. For your protection, state law requires us to consider this information when we review your application, to avoid selling a policy to those who may not need coverage.

[Your answers indicate that long–term care insurance may not meet your financial needs. We suggest that you review the information provided along with your application, including the booklet “Shopper’s Guide to Long–Term Care Insurance” and the page titled “Things You Should Know Before Buying Long–Term Care Insurance.” Your state insurance department also has information about long–term care insurance and may be able to refer you to a counselor free of charge who can help you decide whether to buy this policy.]

[You chose not to provide any financial information for us to review.]

Drafting Note: Choose the paragraph that applies.

We have suspended our final review of your application. If, after careful consideration, you still believe this policy is what you want, check the appropriate box below and return this letter to us within the next 60 days. We will then continue reviewing your application and issue a policy if you meet our medical standards.

If we do not hear from you within the next 60 days, we will close your file and not issue you a policy. You should understand that you will not have any coverage until we hear back from you, approve your application and issue you a policy.

Please check one box and return in the enclosed envelope.

j Yes, [although my worksheet indicates that long–term care insurance may not be a suitable purchase,] I wish to purchase this coverage. Please resume review of my application.

Drafting Note: Delete the phrase in brackets if the applicant did not answer the questions about income.

j No. I have decided not to buy a policy at this time.

____________________________________
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE DATE

Please return to [issuer] at [address] by [date].
APPENDIX E

Claims Denial Reporting Form
Long–Term Care Insurance

For the State of Iowa
For the Reporting Year of _______


Company Name: __________________________________________________________ Due: June 30 annually
Company Address: _________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Company NAIC Number: ____________________________________________________________________________

Contact Person: ______________________________________________ Phone Number: ______________________

Line of Business: Individual Group

Instructions
The purpose of this form is to report all long–term care claim denials under in–force long–term care insurance policies. “Denied” means a claim that is not paid for any reason other than for claims not paid for failure to meet the waiting period or because of an applicable preexisting condition.



State Data
Nationwide Data1
1
Total Number of Long–Term Care Claims Reported


2
Total Number of Long–Term Care Claims Denied/Not Paid


3
Number of Claims Not Paid due to Preexisting Condition Exclusion


4
Number of Claims Not Paid due to Waiting (Elimination) Period Not Met


5
Net Number of Long–Term Care Claims Denied for Reporting Purposes
(Line 2 Minus Line 3 Minus Line 4)


6
Percentage of Long–Term Care Claims Denied of Those Reported
(Line 5 Divided By Line 1)


7
Number of Long–Term Care Claims Denied due to:


8
Long–Term Care Services Not Covered under the Policy2


9
Provider/Facility Not Qualified under the Policy3


10
Benefit Eligibility Criteria Not Met4


11
Other



1 The nationwide data may be viewed as a more representative and credible indicator where the data for claims reported and denied for your state are small in number.
2 Example—home health care claim filed under a nursing home only policy.
3 Example—a facility that does not meet the minimum level of care requirements or the licensing requirements as outlined in the policy.
4 Examples—a benefit trigger not met, certification by a licensed health care practitioner not provided, no plan of care.
APPENDIX F

Instructions:

This form provides information to the applicant regarding premium rate schedules, rate schedule adjustments, potential rate revisions, and policyholder options in the event of a rate increase.

Insurers shall provide all of the following information to the applicant:

Long–Term Care Insurance
Potential Rate Increase Disclosure Form

1. [Premium Rate] [Premium Rate Schedules]: [Premium rate] [Premium rate schedules] that [is][are]
applicable to you and that will be in effect until a request is made and [filed][approved] for an increase
[is][are] [on the application][$_____].

Drafting Note: Use “approved” in states requiring prior approval of rates.

2. The [premium] [premium rate schedule] for this policy [will be shown on the schedule page of] [will be attached
to] your policy.

3. Rate Schedule Adjustments:

The company will provide a description of when premium rate or rate schedule adjustments will be effective
(e.g., next anniversary date, next billing date, etc.) (fill in the blank): __________________.

4. Potential Rate Revisions:

This policy is Guaranteed Renewable. This means that the rates for this product may be increased in the future.
Your rates can NOT be increased due to your increasing age or declining health, but your rates may go up based on the
experience of all policyholders with a policy similar to yours.

If you receive a premium rate or premium rate schedule increase in the future, you will be notified of the new
premium amount and you will be able to exercise at least one of the following options:

Pay the increased premium and continue your policy in force as is.
Reduce your policy benefits to a level such that your premiums will not increase. (Subject to state law minimum
standards.)
Exercise your nonforfeiture option if purchased. (This option is available for purchase for an additional premium.)
Exercise your contingent nonforfeiture rights.* (This option may be available if you do not purchase a separate
nonforfeiture option.)

* Contingent Nonforfeiture

If the premium rate for your policy goes up in the future and you didn’t buy a nonforfeiture option, you may be eligible for
contingent nonforfeiture. Here’s how to tell if you are eligible:

You will keep some long–term care insurance coverage, if:

Your premium after the increase exceeds your original premium by the percentage shown (or more) in the following
table; and

You lapse (not pay more premiums) within 120 days of the increase.

The amount of coverage (i.e., new lifetime maximum benefit amount) you will keep will equal the total amount of premiums
you’ve paid since your policy was first issued. If you have already received benefits under the policy, so that the remaining
maximum benefit amount is less than the total amount of premiums you’ve paid, the amount of coverage will be that
remaining amount.

Except for this reduced lifetime maximum benefit amount, all other policy benefits will remain at the levels attained at the
time of the lapse and will not increase thereafter.

Should you choose this Contingent Nonforfeiture option, your policy, with this reduced maximum benefit amount, will be
considered “paid–up” with no further premiums due.

Example:

You bought the policy at age 65 and paid the $1,000 annual premium for 10 years, so you have paid a total of $10,000 in
premium.

In the eleventh year, you receive a rate increase of 50%, or $500 for a new annual premium of $1,500, and you decide to
lapse the policy (not pay any more premiums).

Your “paid–up” policy benefits are $10,000 (provided you have at least $10,000 of benefits remaining under your
policy).
APPENDIX F (cont’d)

Contingent Nonforfeiture
Cumulative Premium Increase Over Initial Premium
That Qualifies for Contingent Nonforfeiture

(Percentage increase is cumulative from date of original issue. It does NOT represent a one–time increase.)
Issue Age
Percent Increase Over Initial Premium
29 and under
200%
30–34
190%
35–39
170%
40–44
150%
45–49
130%
50–54
110%
55–59
90%
60
70%
61
66%
62
62%
63
58%
64
54%
65
50%
66
48%
67
46%
68
44%
69
42%
70
40%
71
38%
72
36%
73
34%
74
32%
75
30%
76
28%
77
26%
78
24%
79
22%
80
20%
81
19%
82
18%
83
17%
84
16%
85
15%
86
14%
87
13%
88
12%
89
11%
90 and over
10%
Appendix G

Long–Term Care Insurance
Replacement and Lapse Reporting Form


For the State of ______________ For the Reporting Year of ________

Company Name: _______________________________ Due: June 30 annually

Company Address: _______________________________ Company NAIC Number: __________

Contact Person: _______________________________ Phone Number: (____)___________


Instructions

The purpose of this form is to report on a statewide basis information regarding long–term care insurance policy replacements and lapses. Specifically, every insurer shall maintain records for each agent on that agent’s amount of long–term care insurance replacement sales as a percent of the agent’s total annual sales and the amount of lapses of long–term care insurance policies sold by the agent as a percent of the agent’s total annual sales. The tables below should be used to report the ten percent (10%) of the insurer’s agents with the greatest percentages of replacements and lapses.

Listing of the 10% of Agents with the Greatest Percentage of Replacements

Agent’s Name
Number of Policies
Sold By This Agent
Number of Policies
Replaced By This Agent
Number of Replacements
As % of Number Sold By This Agent








Listing of the 10% of Agents with the Greatest Percentage of Lapses

Agent’s Name
Number of Policies
Sold By This Agent
Number of Policies
Lapsed By This Agent
Number of Lapses
As % of Number Sold By This Agent








Company Totals
Percentage of Replacement Policies Sold to Total Annual Sales ____%
Percentage of Replacement Policies Sold to Policies In Force (as of the end of the preceding calendar year) ____%
Percentage of Lapsed Policies to Total Annual Sales _____%
Percentage of Lapsed Policies to Policies In Force (as of the end of the preceding calendar year) _____%
ARC 1574B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby proposes to amend Chapter 8, “Fees,” and Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments make the following changes:
Add the definition of “approved abuse education training program” that is used in other chapters to Chapter 9.
Add the definition of “mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse” to Chapter 9.
Require that a physician who takes USMLE orCOMLEX and seeks permanent licensure must meet the examination requirements in the Board’s current rules rather than the rules in effect at the time the examinations were taken.
Define a date by which a physician must submit a paper renewal application in order to provide processing time for Board staff and to avoid the license’s becoming inactive.
Establish reinstatement categories and requirements, including fees, for two groups of physicians: those who have been inactive for less than one year and those who have been inactive for one year or longer. The amendments in Items 1, 7, and 8 were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are published herein as ARC 1575B.
Adjust the appeal procedure on a licensure denial to parallel Chapter 12.
The Board approved the amendments to Chapter 8 and 9 during its regularly held meeting on April 4, 2002.
Any interested person may present written comments on these proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4686, or E–mail ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 3 p.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 148, 150, 150A and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 8.4(1) by amending paragraph “f” and adopting new paragraph “g” as follows:
f. Reinstatement of a license to practice one year or more after becoming inactive, $400.
g. Reinstatement of a license within one year of becoming inactive, the renewal fee for the most recent license period plus a $175 reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when the license in the most recent license period had been granted for less than 24 months; in that case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of issuance and the physician’s month and year of birth.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 653—9.1(147,148,150,150A) by adopting the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Approved abuse education training program” means a training program using a curriculum approved by the abuse education review panel of the department of public health or a training program offered by a hospital, a professional organization for physicians, or the department of human services, the department of education, an area education agency, a school district, the Iowa law enforcement academy, an Iowa college or university, or a similar state agency.
“Mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse” means training on identifying and reporting child abuse or dependent adult abuse required of physicians who regularly provide primary health care to children or adults, respectively. The full requirements on mandatory reporting of child abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa Code section 232.69; the full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent adult abuse and the training requirements are found in Iowa Code section 235B.16.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 9.4(1), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. An M.D. applicant who has been licensed in any United States jurisdiction shall meet the licensure examination requirements in effect in Iowa at the time of original licensure if the examination precedes USMLE. An M.D. applicant who has been licensed in any United States jurisdiction based on USMLE shall meet the requirements in subrule 9.4(2). The applicant and shall authorize the appropriate testing authority to verify scores obtained on the examination as specified in this rule.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 9.4(1) by adopting new paragraph “c” as follows:
c. A D.O. applicant who has been licensed in any United States jurisdiction shall meet the licensure examination requirements in effect in Iowa at the time of original licensure if the examination precedes USMLE or COMLEX, which–ever is applicable. A D.O. applicant who has been licensedin any United States jurisdiction based on USMLE orCOMLEX shall meet the requirements in subrule 9.4(2) or paragraph 9.4(6)“a,” respectively.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 9.11(6) as follows:
9.11(6) Failure to renew. Failure of the licensee to renew a license within two months following its expiration date shall cause the license to become inactive and invalid. A licensee whose license is invalid is prohibited from practice until the license is reinstated in accordance with rule 9.13(147,148,150,150A). In order to ensure that the license will not become inactive when a paper renewal form is used, the completed renewal application and appropriate fees must be received in the board office by the fifteenth of the month prior to the month the license becomes inactive. For example, a licensee whose license expires on January 1 has until March 1 to renew the license or the license becomes inactive and invalid. The licensee must submit and the board office must receive the renewal materials prior to or on February 15 to ensure that the license will be renewed prior to becoming inactive and invalid on March 1.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 9.12(1), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. A physician whose license is inactive continues to hold the privilege of licensure in Iowa but may not practice medicine under an Iowa license until the license is reinstated to current, active status. The board may take action against a physician who practices with an the inactive license as outlined in 653—Chapters 12 and 13.
ITEM 7. Renumber subrules 9.13(1) and 9.13(2) as 9.13(2) and 9.13(3) and adopt new subrule 9.13(1) as follows:
9.13(1) Reinstatement within one year of the license’s becoming inactive. An individual whose license is in inactive status for up to one year and who wishes to reinstate the license shall submit a completed renewal application, documentation of continuing education and mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, the renewal fee, and the reinstatement penalty. All of the information shall be received in the board office within one year of the license’s becoming inactive for the applicant to reinstate under this subrule. For example, a physician whose license became inactive on March 1 has until the last day of the following February to renew under this subrule.
a. Fees for reinstatement within one year of the license’s becoming inactive. The fee shall include the renewal fee for the most recent license period plus a $175 reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when the license in the most recent license period had been granted for less than 24 months; in that case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of issuance and the physician’s month and year of birth.
b. Continuing education and mandatory training requirements. The requirements for continuing education and mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse are found in 653—Chapter 11. Applicants for reinstatement shall provide documentation of having completed:
(1) The number of hours of category 1 activity needed for renewal in the most recent license period. None of the hours obtained in the inactive period may be carried over to a future license period.
(2) Mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, if applicable, within the previous five years.
c. Issuance of a reinstated license. Upon receiving the completed application, staff shall administratively issue a license that expires on the renewal date that would have been in effect if the licensee had renewed the license before the license expired.
d. Reinstatement application process. The applicant who fails to submit all reinstatement information required within 365 days of the license’s becoming inactive shall be required to meet the reinstatement requirements of 9.13(2). For example, if a physician’s license expires on January 1, the completed reinstatement application is due in the board office by December 31, in order to meet the requirements of this subrule.
ITEM 8. Amend renumbered subrule 9.13(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
9.13(2) Application. Reinstatement of an unrestricted Iowa license that has been inactive for one year or longer. An individual whose license is in inactive status and who has not submitted a reinstatement application that was received by the board within one year of the license’s becoming inactive shall follow the application cycle specified in this rule and shall satisfy the following requirements for reinstatement:
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 9.15(2) as follows:
9.15(2) Appeal procedure. An applicant who has been denied licensure by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related to the licensure denial by serving a notice of the appeal and request for hearing upon the executive director not more than 30 days following the date of the mailing of the notification of licensure denial to the applicant, or not more than 30 days following the date upon which the applicant was served notice if notification was made in the manner of service of an original notice. A decision of the board denying an application for licensure shall be appealed by filing a written notice of appeal with the board by certified mail, return receipt requested, within 30 days of the mailing of a notice of denial of license. The appeal of a license denial shall be conducted in accordance with the contested case hearing rules in 653—Chapter 12.
ARC 1578B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby proposes to amend Chapter 10, “Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment adds the definitions of “approved abuse education training program” and “mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse,” which already exist in another chapter.
The Board approved the amendment to Chapter 10 during its regularly held meeting on April 4, 2002.
Any interested person may present written comments on this proposed amendment not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686 or ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 2:45 p.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 232, 235B and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend rule 653—10.1(147,148,150,150A) by adopting the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Approved abuse education training program” means a training program using a curriculum approved by the abuse education review panel of the department of public health or a training program offered by a hospital, a professional organization for physicians, or the department of human services, the department of education, an area education agency, a school district, the Iowa law enforcement academy, an Iowa college or university, or a similar state agency.
“Mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse” means training on identifying and reporting child abuse or dependent adult abuse required of physicians who regularly provide primary health care to children or adults, respectively. The full requirements on mandatory reporting of child abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa Code section 232.69; the full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent adult abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa Code section 235B.16.
ARC 1577B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby proposes to amend Chapter 11, “Continuing Education and Mandatory Training for Identifying and Reporting Abuse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments add “hospitals” and “professional organizations for physicians” to the list of those who are approved to provide abuse education training and indicate that continuing education must have been acquired within the license period to be used for license renewal.
The Board approved the amendments to Chapter 11 during its regularly held meeting on April 4, 2002.
Any interested person may present written comments on these proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4686 or ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 2:45 p.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 232, 235B, and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 653—11.1(272C), definition of “approved training program,” as follows:
“Approved abuse education training program” means a training program using a curriculum approved by the abuse education review panel of the department of public health or a training program offered by a hospital, a professional organization for physicians, or the department of human services, the department of education, an area education agency, a school district, the Iowa law enforcement academy, an Iowa college or university, or a similar state agency.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 11.4(1), paragraph “a,” intro– ductory paragraph, as follows:
a. Continuing education for permanent license renewal. Except as provided in these rules, a total of 40 hours of category 1 activity or board–approved equivalent shall be required for biennial renewal of a permanent license and shall have been acquired within the license period.
ARC 1560B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 13, “Standards of Practice and Professional Ethics,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments were approved at the April 4, 2002, regular meeting of the Board of Medical Examiners.
The proposed amendment in Item 1 updates the dates of the federal drug laws. Item 2 modifies the requirements for physicians who prescribe or administer controlled substances for the treatment of patients with chronic, nonmalignant pain.
Any interested person may present written comments on the proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686.
There will be a public hearing on May 22, 2002, at 2 p.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147, 148, and 150.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 13.1(1) as follows:
13.1(1) A physician shall dispense a prescription drug only in a container which meets the requirements of the Poison Prevention Packaging Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C. ss. 1471– 1476 (1976 2001), unless otherwise requested by the patient, and of Section 502G of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. ss. 301 et seq. (1976 2001).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 13.2(148,150,150A,272C) as follows:
653—13.2(148,150,150A,272C) Standards of practice— prescribing or administering controlled substances for the treatment of patients with chronic, nonmalignant or intractable pain. This rule establishes standards of practice for the management of chronic, nonmalignant or intractable pain. The purpose of the rule is to assist physicians who prescribe and administer drugs to provide relief and eliminate suffering in patients with intractable chronic, nonmalignant pain as defined in this rule.
13.2(1) Definitions. As used in this subrule rule:
“Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality” or “AHRQ” means the agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services which is responsible for establishing Clinical Practice Guidelines on various aspects of medical practice.
“American Academy of Pain Medicine” or “AAPM” means the American Medical Association–recognized specialty society of physicians who practice pain medicine in the United States. The mission of the AAPM is to enhance pain medicine practice by promoting a climate conducive to the effective and efficient practice of pain medicine.
“American Pain Society” or “APS” means the national chapter of the International Association for the Study of Pain, an organization composed of physicians, nurses, psychologists, scientists and other professionals who have an interest in the study and treatment of pain. The mission of the APS is to serve people in pain by advancing research, education, treatment and professional practice.
“Chronic, nonmalignant or intractable pain” means persistent or episodic pain of a duration or intensity that adversely affects the functioning or well–being of a patient. It is pain that cannot be removed or otherwise treated in the generally accepted course of medical practice subsequent to an evaluation by the attending physician and at least one other physician specializing in the treatment of the area, system, or organ perceived to be the source of the pain for any of the following reasons: (1) no relief or cure for the cause of pain is possible; (2) no relief or cure for the cause of pain has been found; or (3) relief or cure for the cause of pain through other medical procedures would adversely affect the well–being of the patient.
“U.S. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research” or “AHCPR” means the agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services which is responsible for establishing Clinical Practical Guidelines on various aspects of medical practice.
13.2(2) General provisions. Various controlled drugs, particularly opioid analgesics, can be safely and effectively utilized to control pain in certain patients. However, inappropriate prescribing of controlled substances can lead to, or accelerate, drug abuse and diversion. Therefore, the medical management of pain shall be based on a thorough knowledge of pain assessment, pain treatment, and concern for the patient.
a. Treatment of acute pain and intractable pain associated with malignancy cancer pain. Physicians may refer to the Clinical Practice Guidelines published by the U.S. AHCPR AHRQ for counsel on the proper treatment of acute painassociated with trauma, surgery, and certain medical procedures, and chronic pain associated with cancer. The AHCPR AHRQ Clinical Practice Guidelines provide a sound, compassionate, and flexible approach to the management of pain in these patients.
b. Treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain. The basic premise underlying this rule is that various drugs, particularly opioid analgesics, may be useful for treating patients with chronic, nonmalignant pain in a safe, effective, and efficient manner when other efforts to remove or treat the pain have failed. The board strongly recommends that physicians who have reservations about the use of drugs in the treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain consult: The Definitions Related to the Use of Opioids for the Treatment of Chronic Pain: A Consensus Statement, a consensus document from the American Academy of Pain Medicine (AAPM), and the American Pain Society (APS), and American Society ofAddiction Medicine (ASAM) (1997 2001). Copies of the statement are available from the AAPM (http://www.painmed.org), the APS (http://www.ampainsoc.org), the ASAM (http://www.asam.org), and the office of the board at 1209 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686.
13.2(3) Effective chronic, nonmalignant pain management. To ensure that pain is properly and promptly assessed and treated, a physician who prescribes or administers controlled substances to a patient for the treatment of intractable pain shall exercise sound clinical judgment by establishing an effective pain management plan in accordance with the following:
a. Physical examination Patient evaluation. A physical examination patient evaluation that includes a physical examination and a comprehensive medical history shall be conducted prior to the initiation of treatment. The examination evaluation shall also include an assessment of the pain, physical and psychological function, diagnostic studies, previous interventions, including medication history, substance abuse history and any underlying or coexisting conditions. The physician shall seek corroboration of the assessment from an evaluation conducted by Consultation/referral to another physician who specializes in pain medicine or the treatment of the area, system, or organ perceived to be the source of the pain. may be warranted depending upon the expertise of the physician and the complexity of the presenting patient. Interdisciplinary evaluation is strongly encouraged.
b. Treatment plan. The physician shall establish a comprehensive treatment plan that tailors drug therapy to the individual needs of the patient. To ensure proper evaluation of the success of the treatment, the plan shall clearly state the objectives of the treatment, for example, pain relief, or improved physical or psychosocial functioning. The treatment plan shall also indicate if any further diagnostic evaluations or treatments are planned and their purposes. The treatment plan shall also identify any other treatment modalities and rehabilitation programs necessary to manage pain of differing etiologies or physical/psychosocial impairments utilized.
c. Informed consent. The physician shall discuss document discussion of the risks and benefits of controlled substances with the patient or person representing the patient.
d. Periodic review. The physician shall periodically review the course of drug treatment of the patient and the etiology of the pain. Modification or continuation of drug therapy by the physician shall be dependent upon evaluation of the patient’s progress toward the objectives established in the treatment plan. The physician shall consider the appropriateness of continuing drug therapy and the use of alternative other treatment modalities if periodic reviews indicate the patient’s condition is not improving in accordance with objectives of the treatment plan are not being met or there is evidence of diversion or a pattern of substance abuse.
e. Consultation/referral. The physician shall refer the patient for further evaluation and treatment to another a physician who specializes in pain medicine, addiction medicine or substance abuse counseling, if necessary, to meet the treatment plan objectives. the objectives of the treatment plan are not being met or there is evidence of diversion or a pattern of substance abuse.
f. Records Documentation. The physician shall keep accurate, timely, and complete records that detail compliance with this subrule, including physical examination patient evaluation, diagnostic studies, treatment modalities, treatment plan, informed consent, periodic review, consultation, and any other relevant information about the patient’s condition and treatment.
g. Physician–patient agreements. Physicians treating patients at risk for substance abuse shall consider establishing physician–patient agreements that specify the rules for medication use and the consequences for misuse. In preparing agreements, a physician shall evaluate the case of each patient on its own merits, taking into account the nature of the risks to the patient and the potential benefits of treatment.
h. Termination of care. The physician shall consider termination of patient care if there is evidence of diversion or a repeated pattern of substance abuse.
13.2(4) Restrictions and limitations. No aspect of this rule shall be construed to interfere with:
a. Federal and state laws and regulations governing the proper prescribing and administering of controlled substances;
b. Treatment of patients suffering from chronic malignant pain, such as patients cared for in a hospice or other long–term care facility setting; or
c. Delivery of medical services to a patient as a result of trauma or a medical emergency.
ARC 1582B
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the Department of Personnel hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 21, “Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments exclude recruitment bonuses, tips and honoraria from the definition of covered employment wages; clarify times that covered employers have to submit IPERS wage reports, remit contributions and establish good– cause criteria for requests for extension of time to file these reports; implement IPERS’ reclassification of service credit for a member who worked in a protection occupation classified as regular service at the time services were rendered, when such employment is subsequently reclassified by the Legislature as a special service occupation; adopt a new subrule to clarify required information to be submitted by covered employers to IPERS when a new employee is enrolled in the system; provide for distribution of refund forms solely by IPERS, so as to limit the distribution of outdated forms, effective December 31, 2002; add a mandatory provision that qualified domestic relations orders shall be signed by the judge and filed with the clerk of court pursuant to local court rules before submission to IPERS for administration; add a provision that the denominator in a service factor equation for determining benefits to an alternate payee shall not exceed the number of quarters used to determine the benefits to which a member is entitled, and requiring that only one attorney in a divorce action may submit a qualified domestic relations order to IPERS for review after the agreement by the parties; and include provisions for handling replacement warrants when the requester has not provided IPERS with a new address or cashed the warrants in a timely manner.
These amendments were prepared after consultation with the IPERS legal, accounting and benefits units.
Amendments to 21.6(2), 21.6(4), 21.6(5), 21.6(11), 21.8(4), and 21.34 may be subject to requests for waivers. The remaining amendments confer benefits, are required by statute, are intended to correct past misinterpretations, or conform to law.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to the IPERS Administrative Rules Coordinator at IPERS, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9117. Persons who wish to present their comments orally may contact the IPERS Administrative Rules Coordinator at (515) 281–0089. Comments may also be submitted by fax to (515) 281–0045, or by E–mail to info@ipers.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 9 a.m. at IPERS, 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject matter of the proposed amendments.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are published herein as ARC 1583B. The content of that submission is incorporated by reference.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 97B.
ARC 1588B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Chiropractic Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 40, “Chiropractic Examiners,” and adopt new Chapter 40, “Board of Chiropractic Examiners”; adopt new Chapter 41, “Licensure of Chiropractic Physicians,” and Chapter 42, “Schools for Chiropractic Physicians”; renumber Chapter 43, “Continuing Education for Chiropractic Physicians,” and Chapter 44, “Discipline for Chiropractic Physicians,” as Chapter 44 and Chapter 45; adopt new Chapter 43, “Practice of Chiropractic Physicians”; amend renumbered Chapter 44, “Continuing Education for Chiropractic Physicians”; and adopt new Chapter 46, “Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current licensing rules and fees and adopt new chapters for licensure, chiropractic schools, practice and fees, and amend the continuing education chapter.
These rules were revised according to Executive Order Number 8. The Division sent copies of the rules to chiropractic schools and randomly selected licensees. Staff also had input on these rules.
Any interested person may make written comments on the proposed amendments no later than May 21, 2002, addressed to Ella Mae Baird, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on May 21, 2002, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 151 and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 645—Chapter 40 and adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:

CHAPTER 40
BOARD OF CHIROPRACTIC EXAMINERS
645—40.1(151) Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic examiners:
“Board” shall mean the board of chiropractic examiners of the state of Iowa.
“Department” shall mean the Iowa department of public health.
“Director” shall mean the director of public health.
“Disciplinary proceeding” means any proceeding under the authority of the board pursuant to which licensee discipline may be imposed.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means a person licensed to practice chiropractic.
“Licensee discipline” or “discipline” means any sanction the board may impose upon licensees for conduct which threatens or denies persons of this state a high standard of professional care.
“Profession” means chiropractic.
645—40.2(151) Description of board. The purpose of the board of chiropractic examiners is to administer, interpret and enforce the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 151 and those other provisions of the Iowa Code which incorporate by explicit or implicit reference the practice of chiropractic. These powers include but are not limited to the examination of candidates, determining the eligibility of candidates for licensure by examination and endorsement, investigating violations and infractions of the laws relating to the practice of chiropractic, and revoking, suspending or otherwise disciplining a chiropractic physician who has violated the provisions of the chiropractic practice Acts.
645—40.3(151) Organization of board. The board is comprised of five members licensed to practice chiropractic and two representatives of the general public. The members are appointed by the governor and confirmed by the senate. The term of office is three years. The board:
40.3(1) Is a policy–making body relative to matters involving chiropractic education and licensure, postgraduate training and discipline.
40.3(2) Conducts business according to established pol–icy as approved by the members.
40.3(3) Organizes annually and elects a chairperson, vice chairperson, superintendent of examinations, and secretary from its membership.
a. The chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the board, shall have power to vote, shall appoint committees when necessary to study issues, and shall follow Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised.
b. The vice chairperson shall act in the capacity of the chairperson in the absence of that officer.
c. The secretary shall keep an accurate and complete record of all transactions of the board. Copies of all such rec–ords will become public record and will be on file in the board office, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075, or the board’s designated office.
d. The superintendent of examinations shall supervise the examination and make arrangements for the holding of the examinations in a proper manner.
40.3(4) Governs its proceedings by Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised.
40.3(5) Receives the administrative and clerical support of a board administrator, hired by the department, who:
a. Is not a member of the board.
b. Under guidance of the members of the board, performs administrative activities relating to the department in the administration and enforcement of the laws relative to the practice of chiropractic.
40.3(6) Has the statutory authority to:
a. Administer, interpret, and enforce the laws and administrative rules relating to the practice of chiropractic;
b. Review or investigate, or both, upon written complaint or upon its own motion pursuant to other evidence received by the board, alleged acts or omissions which the board reasonably believes constitute cause under applicable law or administrative rule for licensee discipline;
c. Determine in any case whether an investigation, or further investigation, or a disciplinary proceeding is warranted;
d. Initiate and prosecute disciplinary proceedings;
e. Impose licensee discipline;
f. Petition the district court for enforcement of its authority with respect to licensees or with respect to other persons violating the laws which the board is charged with administering;
g. Establish and register peer review committees;
h. Refer to a registered peer review committee for investigation, review, and report to the board any complaint or other evidence of an act or omission which the board reasonably believes to constitute cause for licensee discipline. However, the referral of any matter shall not relieve the board of any of its duties and shall not divest the board of any authority or jurisdiction;
i. Determine and administer the renewal of licenses;
j. Establish and administer rules for continuing education requirements as a condition of license renewal.
645—40.4(151) Official communications. All official communications, including submissions and requests, should be addressed to the Board Administrator, Board of Chiropractic Examiners, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
645—40.5(151) Office hours. The office of the board is open for public business from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday to Friday of each week.
645—40.6(151) Meetings. Regular meetings of the board ordinarily are held at least quarterly. The board utilizes licensing examinations administered by the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners twice each year. At the discretion of the board, three–day licensing examinations may be administered by the board. These examinations may be in addition to national licensing examinations or in lieu of same. Information concerning the dates and locations for meetings and examinations may be obtained from the board office.
645—40.7(151) Public meetings. All meetings of the board shall be open and public and all citizens of Iowa shall be permitted to attend any meeting, except as otherwise provided by statute. The board may, by a vote of two–thirds of its members, hold a closed session for the following reasons:
1. To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential.
2. To discuss strategy with counsel in matters that are presently in litigation or where litigation is imminent where its disclosures would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the position of the board in that litigation.
3. To discuss the contents of a licensing examination.
4. To initiate licensee disciplinary investigations or proceedings.
5. To discuss the decision to be rendered in a contested case conducted according to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 17A.
6. To avoid disclosure of specific law enforcement matters, such as current or proposed investigations, which if disclosed would enable law violators to avoid detection.
7. To avoid disclosure of specific law enforcement matters, such as allowable tolerances or criteria for the selection, prosecution or settlement of cases, which if disclosed would facilitate disregard of requirements imposed by law.
8. To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance or discharge is being considered when necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual’s reputation and that individual requests a closed session.
645—40.8(151) Oral presentations.
40.8(1) Prior to adoption, amendment, or repeal of any rule, the board shall give Notice of Intended Action by causing said notice to be published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Written comments relating to the proposed action by the board may be submitted to the board at its official address no later than 20 days after the notice has been pub–lished. The administrative rules review committee may, under the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.8(6), on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard. An oral presentation shall be scheduled prior to the adoption, amendment or repeal of any rule(s) provided the request for presentation is in writing, received no later than 20 days after the notice has been published and the request for presentation is made by 25 interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency, an association of 25 persons, or upon the discretion of the board.
40.8(2) The chairperson of the board or a presiding officer appointed by the board shall preside over the oral presentation.
a. The date, time and location of the oral presentation shall be set by the board. The appropriate individuals, governmental subdivisions, agencies or associations making the request shall be notified of said date, time and location of presentation by certified mail.
b. Any individual(s) may present either written or oral comments pertinent to the rule(s) for which the oral presentation has been scheduled. Any individual(s) desiring to make written comments shall submit these comments to the presiding officer prior to the presentation date. Any individual(s) desiring to make an oral presentation shall submit a written request to the board prior to the presentation date.
c. The authority of the chairperson of the board or presiding administrative law judge during the oral presentation includes:
(1) Setting a ten–minute time limit on oral presentations if necessary;
(2) Excluding any individual(s) who may be either disruptive or obstructive to the oral presentation; and
(3) Ruling that the oral presentation or discussion, or both, is not pertinent to the oral presentation.
d. The conduct of the chairperson of the board or presiding officer during the oral presentation shall include but need not be limited to:
(1) Opening the oral presentation and receiving appearances.
(2) Entering the oral presentation into the public record.
(3) Receiving oral presentations.
(4) Reading into the official public record written comments which have been submitted.
(5) Adjourning the oral presentation.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147, 151, and 272C.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following new 645—Chapter 41:

CHAPTER 41
LICENSURE OF CHIROPRACTIC PHYSICIANS
645—41.1(151) Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic examiners:
“Board” means the Iowa board of chiropractic examiners.
“Council on Chiropractic Education” or “C.C.E.” means the Educational Standards of Chiropractic Colleges and bylaws which are on file in the board office, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. A copy may be obtained for the actual cost of reproduction.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public health.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who failed to meet stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice chiropractic in Iowa.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice as a chiropractic physician in Iowa.
“License expiration date” means June 30 of even–numbered years.
“Licensure by endorsement” means the issuance of an Iowa license to practice chiropractic to an applicant who is currently licensed in another state and meets the criteria for licensure in this state.
“Mandatory training” means training on identifying and reporting child abuse or dependent adult abuse required of chiropractic physicians who are mandatory reporters. The full requirements on mandatory reporting of child abuse and the training requirements are found in Iowa Code section 232.69. The full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent adult abuse and the training requirements are found in Iowa Code section 235B.16.
“National board” means the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners.
“Reciprocal license” means the issuance of an Iowa license to practice chiropractic to an applicant who is currently licensed in another state that has a mutual agreement with the Iowa board of chiropractic examiners to license persons who have the same or similar qualifications to those required in Iowa.
“SPEC” means Special Purposes Examination for Chiropractic, which is an examination designed specifically for utilization by state or foreign licensing agencies when considering cases of reciprocity or endorsement, reinstatement following the lapse, suspension or revocation of a license, or other disciplinary concerns.
645—41.2(151) Requirements for licensure.
41.2(1) The following criteria shall apply to licensure:
a. An applicant shall complete a board–approved application form. Application forms may be obtained from the board’s Web site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the Board of Chiropractic Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
b. An applicant shall complete the application form according to the instructions contained in the application. If the application is not completed according to the instructions, the application will not be reviewed by the board.
c. An applicant shall submit the appropriate fee payable by check or money order to the Iowa Board of Chiropractic Examiners. The fee is nonrefundable.
d. No applicant shall be considered for licensure until official copies of academic transcripts are received by the board directly from a chiropractic school accredited by the C.C.E. and approved by the board.
e. An applicant shall pass all parts of the national board examination as outlined in 645—41.3(151).
f. An applicant shall submit one passport–size photograph of the applicant taken within the previous six months.
g. An applicant shall submit a copy of the chiropractic diploma (no larger than 8½ ? 11) from a chiropractic school accredited by the C.C.E. and approved by the board.
41.2(2) Licensees who were issued their licenses within six months prior to the renewal date shall not be required to renew their licenses until the renewal date two years later.
41.2(3) Incomplete applications that have been on file in the board office for more than two years shall be:
a. Considered invalid and shall be destroyed; or
b. Maintained upon written request of the candidate. The candidate is responsible for requesting that the file be maintained.
41.2(4) Persons licensed to practice chiropractic shall keep their license publicly displayed in the primary place of practice.
41.2(5) Licensees are required to notify the board of chiropractic examiners of changes in residence or place of practice.
645—41.3(151) Examination requirements.
41.3(1) Applicants shall submit the application for examination and fee directly to the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners.
41.3(2) The following criteria shall apply to licensure:
a. Prior to July 1, 1973, applicants shall provide proof of being issued a basic science certificate.
b. After July 1, 1973, applicants shall provide proof of successful completion of the required examination from the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners. The required examination shall meet the following criteria:
(1) Examinations completed after July 1, 1973, shall be defined as the successful completion of Parts I and II of the national board examination.
(2) Examinations completed after August 1, 1976, shall be defined as the successful completion of Parts I, II and Physiotherapy of the national board examination.
(3) Examinations completed after January 1, 1987, shall be defined as the successful completion of Parts I, II, III and Physiotherapy of the national board examination.
(4) Examinations completed after January 1, 1996, shall be defined as satisfactory completion of Parts I, II, III, IV and Physiotherapy of the national board examination.
645—41.4(151) Educational qualifications.
41.4(1) An applicant for licensure to practice as a chiropractic physician shall present an official transcript verifying graduation from a board–approved college of chiropractic that is accredited by a credential evaluation service approved by the board.
41.4(2) Foreign–trained chiropractic physicians shall:
a. Provide an equivalency evaluation of their educational credentials by the International Educational Research Foundations, Inc., Credentials Evaluation Service, P.O. Box 3665, Culver City, California 90231–3665, telephone (310) 258–9451,Web site www.ierf.org or E–mail at info@ierf.org. The professional curriculum must be equivalent to that stated in these rules. A candidate shall bear the expense of the curriculum evaluation.
b. Provide a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma awarded to the applicant from a chiropractic program in the country in which the applicant was educated.
c. Receive a final determination from the board regarding the application for licensure.
645—41.5(151) Temporary certificate.
41.5(1) The board may issue a temporary certificate to practice chiropractic if the issuance is in the public interest. A temporary certificate may be issued at the discretion of the board to an applicant who demonstrates a need for the temporary certificate and meets the professional qualifications for licensure.
41.5(2) Demonstrated need. An applicant must establish that a need exists for the issuance of a temporary license and the need serves the public interest. An applicant may meet the demonstrated need requirement by proving that the applicant:
a. Will provide chiropractic services in connection with a special activity, event or program conducted in this state.
b. Will provide chiropractic services in connection with a state emergency as proclaimed by the governor.
c. Previously held an unrestricted license to practice chiropractic in this state and will provide gratuitous chiropractic services as a voluntary public service.
d. Will provide chiropractic services during the illness of an Iowa–licensed chiropractic physician.
The temporary certificate shall be issued only for conditions stated in paragraphs “a” through “d.”
41.5(3) Professional qualifications. The applicant shall:
a. Submit the board–approved application form. Applications may be obtained from the board’s Web site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the Board of Chiropractic Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
b. Provide verification of current active licensure in the United States sent directly from the state to the board office.
c. Submit proof of two years of full–time chiropractic practice within the immediately preceding two years.
d. Provide a copy of a chiropractic diploma (no larger than 8½ ? 11) from a chiropractic school accredited by the C.C.E. and approved by the board.
e. Submit the temporary certificate fee.
f. Submit information explaining the demonstrated need, the scope of practice requested by the applicant, and why a temporary certificate should be granted.
41.5(4) If the application is approved by the board, a temporary certificate shall be issued authorizing the applicant to practice chiropractic for one year. The temporary certificate may be limited in scope of practice.
41.5(5) At the discretion of the board, a temporary certificate may be renewed annually, not to exceed two additional years. The board may require completion of continuing education hours for renewal of a temporary certificate.
41.5(6) The temporary certificate may be canceled at any time without a hearing for reasons deemed sufficient to the board, which includes any of the grounds for which licensee discipline may be imposed.
41.5(7) Cancellation of a temporary certificate shall be effective three days after mailing the notice of cancellation by registered mail.
645—41.6(151) Licensure by endorsement.
41.6(1) An applicant who has been licensed to practice chiropractic under the laws of another jurisdiction shall file an application for licensure by endorsement with the board office.
41.6(2) The board may receive by endorsement any applicant from the District of Columbia or another state, territory, province or foreign country who:
a. Submits to the board a completed application;
b. Pays the licensure fee;
c. Provides a notarized copy of the diploma (no larger than 8½ ? 11) along with an official copy of the transcript from a board–approved chiropractic school sent directly from the school to the board office;
d. Shows evidence of successful completion of the examination of the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners as outlined in 645—41.3(151);
e. Provides verification of license(s) from every state of the United States in which the applicant has practiced and from the District of Columbia which shall be sent directly from the state(s) to the board office; and
f. Provides certified evidence of two or more years of actual practice as a chiropractic physician in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
645—41.7(151) Licensure by reciprocal agreement. The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with the District of Columbia or any state, territory, province or foreign country with equal or similar requirements for licensure of chiropractic physicians.
645—41.8(151) License renewal.
41.8(1) The biennial license renewal period for a license to practice chiropractic shall begin on July 1 of an even–numbered year and end on June 30 of the next even–numbered year. All licensees shall renew on a biennial basis.
41.8(2) A renewal of license application and continuing education report form to practice chiropractic shall be mailed to the licensee at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the license. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not relieve the license holder of the obligation to pay the biennial renewal fees on or before the renewal date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and continuing education report form with the renewal fee to the board office before the license expiration date.
b. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or treats children in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application completion of two hours of training in child abuse identification and reporting in the previous five years or condition(s) for exemption of this requirement as identified in paragraph “f.”
c. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or treats adults in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application completion of two hours of training in dependent adult abuse identification and reporting in the previous five years or condition(s) for waiver of this requirement as identified in paragraph “f.”
d. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or treats both adults and children in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application completion of training on abuse identification and reporting in dependent adults and children in the previous five years or condition(s) for exemption of this requirement as identified in paragraph “f.”
Training may be completed through separate courses as identified in paragraphs “b” and “c” or in one combined course that includes curricula for identifying and reporting child abuse and dependent adult abuse.
e. The licensee shall maintain written documentation for five years after mandatory training as identified in paragraphs “b” to “d,” including program date(s), content, duration, and proof of participation.
f. The requirement for mandatory training for identifying and reporting child and dependent adult abuse shall be suspended if the board determines that suspension is in the public interest or that a person at the time of license renewal:
(1) Is engaged in active duty in the military service of this state or the United States.
(2) Holds a current exemption by the board based on evidence of significant hardship in complying with training requirements, including exemption of continuing education requirements or extension of time in which to fulfill requirements due to a physical or mental disability or illness as identified in 645—Chapter 44.
g. The board may select licensees for audit of compliance with the requirements in paragraphs “b” to “f.”
h. Individuals who were issued their initial licenses within six months of the license renewal date will not be required to renew their licenses until the next renewal date two years later.
i. A person licensed to practice chiropractic shall keep the person’s renewal license displayed in connection with the original license.
41.8(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fees, continuing education report and renewal application are received within 30 days after the license expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before expiration is charged.
41.8(4) When all requirements for license renewal are met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular mail.
645—41.9(272C) Exemptions for inactive practitioners.
41.9(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in the state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate of exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in practice in the state of Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption shall be submitted upon the form provided by the board. A licensee must hold a current license to apply for exempt status. The licensee shall apply for inactive status prior to the license expiration date.
41.9(2) Reinstatement of exempted inactive practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in 645—44.10(272C).
41.9(3) Licensees shall renew at the scheduled renewal. Licensees who were issued their reinstatement within six months prior to the renewal date shall not be required to renew their licenses until the renewal date two years later.
41.9(4) A new licensee who is on inactive status during the initial license renewal time period and reinstates before the first license expiration date will not be required to complete continuing education for that first license renewal time period only. Sixty hours of continuing education will be required for every renewal thereafter.
41.9(5) Verifications of license(s) are required from all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license became inactive.
41.9(6) Reinstatement of inactive license after exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the length of time a license has been inactive.

An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
30 days after expiration date
up to 1 biennium
2 bienniums
3 or more bienniums
Submit written application for reinstatement to the board
Required
Required
Required
Pay the current renewal fee
$100
$100
$100
An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
30 days after expiration date
up to 1 biennium
2 bienniums
3 or more bienniums
Pay the reinstatement fee
$50
$50
$50
Submit verification(s) from every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since obtaining inactive status
Required
Required
Required
Furnish evidence of completion of board–approved continuing education hours during the period since the license became inactive
OR
Furnish evidence of verification of current active licensure in the United States and completion of the continuing education requirement in the state in which the applicant is licensed
60 hours



May be completed
120 hours



May be completed
180 hours



May be
completed
Furnish evidence of successful completion of the SPEC examination if the applicant does not have a current license and has not been in active practice in the United States during the past five years
N/A
N/A
Successful completion of examination required if applicant has not been in active practice for five years
Total fees and continuing education hours required for reinstatement:
$150 and
60 hours
$150 and
120 hours
$150 and
180 hours

645—41.10(272C) Lapsed licenses.
41.10(1) If the renewal fees and continuing education report are received more than 30 days after the license expiration date, the license is lapsed. An application for reinstatement must be filed with the board accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal fee(s) for each biennium the license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to renew before expiration. The licensee may be subject to an audit of the licensee’s continuing education report.
41.10(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of chiropractic. Practicing without a license may be cause for disciplinary action.
41.10(3) To reinstate a lapsed license, licensees shall comply with all requirements for reinstatement as outlined in 645—44.6(272C).
41.10(4) After the reinstatement of a lapsed license, the licensee shall renew at the next scheduled renewal cycle and complete the continuing education required for the biennium.
41.10(5) Verification(s) of license(s) is required from every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed.
41.10(6) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the length of time a license has lapsed.

An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
30 days after expiration date
up to
1 biennium
2 bienniums
3 bienniums
4 bienniums
5 or more bienniums
Submit written application for reinstatement
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Pay the renewal fee(s)
$100
$200
$300
$400
$500
Pay the late fee
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
Pay the reinstatement fee
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
Submit verification(s) from every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Furnish evidence of completion of approved continuing education hours during the period since the license lapsed
OR
60 hours



120 hours



180 hours


180 hours


180 hours


An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
30 days after expiration date
up to
1 biennium
2 bienniums
3 bienniums
4 bienniums
5 or more bienniums
Furnish evidence of verification of current active licensure in the United States and completion of the continuing education requirement in the state in which the applicant is licensed
May be completed

May be completed
May be completed
May be completed
May be completed
Furnish evidence of successful completion of the SPEC examination if the applicant does not have a current license and has not been in active practice in the United States during the past five years
N/A
N/A
Successful completion of examination required if applicant has not been in active practice for five years
Successful completion of examination required if applicant has not been in active practice for five years
Successful completion of examination required if applicant has not been in active practice for five years
Total fees and continuing education hours required for reinstatement:
$200 and
60 hours
$300 and
120 hours
$400 and
180 hours
$500 and
180 hours
$600 and
180 hours

645—41.11(17A,151,272C) License denial.
41.11(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related to the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing upon the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested and determined at the hearing.
41.11(2) If an applicant who has been denied licensure by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing pursuant to this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held pursuant to the process outlined in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147 and 272C.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new 645—Chapter 42:

CHAPTER 42
SCHOOLS FOR CHIROPRACTIC PHYSICIANS
645—42.1(151) Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic examiners.
“Chiropractic intern” means a chiropractic student of an approved college of chiropractic in the student’s last academic quarter, semester, or trimester of study, who is eligible for graduation from the college of chiropractic except for completion of a preceptorship program.
“Chiropractic preceptor” means a chiropractic physician licensed and practicing in Iowa pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 151, who accepts a chiropractic student into the practice for the purpose of providing the chiropractic student with a clinical experience of the practice of chiropractic.
“Chiropractic resident” means a graduate chiropractic physician who has received a doctor of chiropractic degree from a college of chiropractic approved by the board.
“Chiropractic student” means a student of an approved college of chiropractic.
“Preceptorship practice” means the chiropractic practice of a single chiropractic physician or group of chiropractic physicians in a particular business or clinic, into which a licensed practicing chiropractic physician has accepted a chiropractic intern for the limited purpose of providing the chiropractic intern with a clinical experience in the practice of chiropractic.
645—42.2(151) Rules pertaining to schools.
42.2(1) Rules pertaining to the practice of chiropractic at a chiropractic college clinic shall be equal to the standards established by the Council on Chiropractic Education existing as of February 1, 1991.
42.2(2) All chiropractic colleges, in order to be approved by the board of chiropractic examiners, shall first have status with the Commission on Accreditation of the Council on Chiropractic Education, as recognized by the U.S. Office of Education, existing as of February 1, 1991.
42.2(3) The following procedures are established for an institution to obtain equivalent approval by the board of chiropractic examiners:
a. Standards. The standards against which the institution will be evaluated shall be those published and utilized by the Council on Chiropractic Education existing as of February 1, 1991.C 12/27/00
b. Self–study. A comprehensive self–study shall be required of the applying institution which measures its performance against the objectives of the institution and the standards of the board of chiropractic examiners. After review of the self–study, the board shall render a decision that the self–study is: (1) satisfactory, (2) unsatisfactory in terms of the report, or (3) unsatisfactory in terms of content. If unsatisfactory, the board will furnish the institution with a bill of particulars. An inspection of the institution shall not be made until the self–study is satisfactory.
c. Inspection. Inspection of the institution shall be conducted by an examining team selected by the board and shall consist of a minimum of five members. Two members shall have doctorates in the basic sciences; one shall have a doctorate in college administration; and two shall be doctors of chiropractic.
(1) The inspection team shall determine firsthand if the applicant institution meets the established standards and is meeting its own institutional objectives.
(2) Expenses of the inspection team shall be borne by the applicant institution.
(3) The inspection team shall furnish the board with a comprehensive report of the team findings after having provided the institution with opportunity to comment on its findings.
d. Decision. The board of chiropractic examiners will make its decision on the basis of the comprehensive report of the inspection team after providing the institution opportunity for a hearing on the report. If a member of the board has participated in the inspection, the member shall not participate in the decision–making process.

COLLEGES AND COLLEGE–BASED PROGRAMS

42.2(4) Students—treatment of patients.
a. Unlicensed practice by chiropractic interns and chiropractic residents. The board may approve the unlicensed practice of chiropractic in this state by a bona fide student of a chiropractic college which offers an approved preceptorship program, if the chiropractic college preceptorship program, the chiropractic preceptor and practice of chiropractic by the intern meet the criteria established by the Council on Chiropractic Education. The board may approve the unlicensed practice of chiropractic in this state by a chiropractic resident in an approved postgraduate chiropractic preceptorship program, if the postgraduate chiropractic preceptorship program, the chiropractic preceptor and the practice of chiropractic by the chiropractic resident meet the criteria established by the Council on Chiropractic Education.
b. Approved chiropractic college preceptorship programs. The board shall approve a chiropractic college preceptorship program which includes all of the following criteria:
(1) Is operated by a chiropractic college approved by the board. The board shall consider whether the college is accredited by the Council on Chiropractic Education, and shall also consider the degree of consumer protection provided by the defined standards and practices of the chiropractic college’s preceptor program, as well as the degree of consumer protection demonstrated by the actual operation of the chiropractic college’s preceptor program.
(2) Is an established component of the curriculum of the chiropractic college.
(3) Certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the school:
1. That all chiropractic interns who participate in the preceptorship program have met all requirements for graduation from the chiropractic college except for completion of the preceptorship period, and
2. That no chiropractic physician who is a preceptor shall supervise more than one chiropractic intern for the duration of a given preceptorship period.
(4) Certifies to the board on forms supplied by the school that all chiropractic physicians who participate as preceptors have been fully credentialed by the sponsoring chiropractic college.
(5) Certifies to the board on forms supplied by the school that the chiropractic preceptor and the chiropractic intern have agreed on the goals of the preceptor to be completed by the chiropractic intern.
(6) Upon request, provides to the board a current list of the chiropractic physicians in Iowa who are preceptors in the program.
c. Approved postgraduate preceptorship programs. The board shall approve a preceptorship program for the training of chiropractic residents which meets all of the following criteria:
(1) Is operated by a chiropractic college approved by the board. The board shall consider whether the college is accredited by the Council on Chiropractic Education, and shall also consider the degree of consumer protection provided by the defined standards and practices of the chiropractic college’s preceptor program, as well as the degree of consumer protection demonstrated by the actual operation of the chiropractic college’s preceptor program.
(2) Is an established postgraduate program of the chiropractic college.
(3) Certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the school:
1. That all chiropractic residents who participate in the postgraduate preceptorship program have graduated from a college of chiropractic approved by the board, and
2. That no chiropractic physician who is a preceptor shall supervise more than one chiropractic resident for the duration of a given preceptorship period.
(4) Certifies to the board on forms supplied by the school that all chiropractic physicians who participate as preceptors are fully credentialed in accordance with current guidelines for chiropractic preceptorship established by the Council on Chiropractic Education.
(5) Certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the college, that the chiropractic resident preceptor and the chiropractic resident have agreed on the goals of the preceptor program to be completed by the chiropractic resident.
(6) Upon request, provides to the board a current list of the chiropractic physicians in Iowa who are preceptors in the program.
d. Approved chiropractic preceptors. The board shall approve a chiropractic physician to be a chiropractic physician preceptor if the chiropractic physician certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the school, that:
(1) The chiropractic physician preceptor has been continuously licensed in the United States for the previous five years and currently holds a license in Iowa, that there are no pending disciplinary actions or malpractice awards granted against the chiropractic physician preceptor, and that there have been no board disciplinary actions taken within the past three years against the chiropractic physician preceptor.
(2) The chiropractic physician preceptor is fully credentialed in accordance with current guidelines for chiropractic preceptorship established by the Council on Chiropractic Education.
(3) The chiropractic physician preceptor is responsible for the practice of the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident who is accepted into a preceptorship practice.
(4) The chiropractic physician preceptor will identify the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident to the patients of the preceptorship practice in such a way that no patient will tend to be misled as to the status of the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident. The chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident will wear an identification badge at all times in the presence of preceptorship patients.
(5) The chiropractic physician preceptor will supervise no more than one chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident for the duration of a given preceptorship period.
(6) The chiropractic physician preceptor will exercise direct, on–premises supervision of the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident at all times during which the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident is engaged in any facet of patient care in the chiropractic physician preceptor’s clinic.
e. Termination of preceptorship. A preceptorship shall terminate upon the occurrence of the earliest applicable of the following events.
(1) For a chiropractic intern participating in a preceptorship program, graduation from the college of chiropractic operating the program.
(2) For a chiropractic resident participating in a postgraduate preceptorship program, the passage of 12 months since graduation from a board–approved college of chiropractic.
(3) For either a chiropractic intern preceptorship or a chiropractic resident preceptorship, any of the following:
1. The filing of formal disciplinary decisions against a chiropractic preceptor, the nature of which is a criminal offense and the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of chiropractic.
2. The filing of formal disciplinary decisions against a chiropractic physician preceptor for violation of statutes or administrative rules pertaining to the practice of chiropractic.
3. The granting of a malpractice award against a chiropractic physician preceptor in a civil action for malpractice.
42.2(5) The student enrolled at an approved chiropractic college in the state of Iowa will be able to treat patients under the license of the clinic director or designated licensed doctor associated with the clinic of the college who must be a currently licensed Iowa chiropractic physician and the board so notified of the name of the doctor. The clinic will operate under the license of the clinic director or designated licensed doctor associated with the clinic.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 151.
ITEM 4. Renumber 645—Chapter 43 and 645—Chapter 44 as 645—Chapter 44 and 645—Chapter 45 and adopt the following new 645—Chapter 43:

CHAPTER 43
PRACTICE OF CHIROPRACTIC PHYSICIANS
645—43.1(151) Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic examiners.
“Adjustment/manipulation of neuromusculoskeletal structures” means the use by a doctor of chiropractic of a skillful treatment based upon differential diagnosis of neuromusculoskeletal structures and procedures related thereto by the use of passive movements with the chiropractic physician’s hands or instruments in a manipulation of a joint by thrust so the patient’s volitional resistance cannot prevent the motion. The manipulation is directed toward the goal of restoring joints to their proper physiological relationship of motion and related function. Movement of the joint is by force beyond its active limit of motion, but within physiologic integrity. Adjustment or manipulation commences where mobilization ends and specifically begins when the elastic barrier of resistance is encountered by the doctor of chiropractic and ends at the limit of anatomical integrity. Adjustment or manipulation as described in this definition is directed to the goal of the restoration of joints to their proper physiological relationship of motion and related function, release of adhesions or stimulation of joint receptors. Adjustment or manipulation as described in this definition is by hand or instrument. The primary emphasis of this adjustment or manipulation is upon specific joint element adjustment or manipulation and treatment of the articulation and adjacent tissues of the neuromusculoskeletal structures of the body and nervous system, using one or more of the following:
1. Impulse adjusting or the use of sudden, high velocity, short amplitude thrust of a nature that patient volitional resistance is overcome, commencing where the motion encounters the elastic barrier of resistance and ending at the limit of anatomical integrity.
2. Instrument adjusting, utilizing instruments specifically designed to deliver sudden, high velocity, short amplitude thrust.
3. Light force adjusting, utilizing sustained joint traction or applied directional pressure, or both, which may be combined with passive motion to restore joint mobility.
4. Long distance lever adjusting, utilizing forces delivered at some distance from the dysfunctional site and aimed at transmission through connected structures to accomplish joint mobility.
“Anatomic barrier” means the limit of motion imposed by anatomic structure, the limit of passive motion.
“Chiropractic insurance consultant” means an Iowa–licensed chiropractic physician registered with the board who serves as a liaison and advisor to an insurance company.
“Chiropractic manipulation” means care of an articular dysfunction or neuromusculoskeletal disorder by manual or mechanical adjustment of any skeletal articulation and contiguous articulations.
“Differential diagnosis” means to examine the body systems and structures of a human subject to determine the source, nature, kind or extent of a disease, vertebral subluxation, neuromusculoskeletal disorder or other physical condition, and to make a determination of the source, nature, kind, or extent of a disease or other physical condition.
“Elastic barrier” means the range between the physiologic and anatomic barrier of motion in which passive ligamentous stretching occurs before tissue disruption.
“Extremity manipulation” means a corrective thrust or maneuver by a doctor of chiropractic by hand or instrument based upon differential diagnosis of neuromusculoskeletal structures applied to a joint of the appendicular skeleton.
“Malpractice” means any error or omission, unreasonable lack of skill, or failure to maintain a reasonable standard of care by a chiropractic physician in the practice of the profession.
“Mobilization” means movement applied singularly or repetitively within or at the physiological range of joint motion, without imparting a thrust or impulse, with the goal of restoring joint mobility.
“Peer review” means evaluation of professional services rendered by a professional practitioner.
“Peer review committee” means one or more persons acting in a peer review capacity who have been appointed by the board for such purpose.
“Physiologic barrier” means the limit of active motion, which can be altered to increase range of active motion by warm–up activity.
645—43.2(147,272C) Principles of chiropractic ethics. The following principles of chiropractic ethics are hereby adopted by the board relative to the practice of chiropractic in this state.
43.2(1) These principles are intended to aid chiropractic physicians individually and collectively in maintaining a high level of ethical conduct. These are standards by which a chiropractic physician may determine the propriety of the chiropractic physician’s conduct in the chiropractic physician’s relationship with patients, with colleagues, with members of allied professions, and with the public.
43.2(2) The principal objective of the chiropractic profession is to render service to humanity with full respect for the dignity of the person. Chiropractic physicians should merit the confidence of patients entrusted to their care, rendering to each a full measure of service and devotion.
43.2(3) Chiropractic physicians should strive continually to improve chiropractic knowledge and skill, and should make available to their patients and colleagues the benefits of their professional attainments.
43.2(4) A chiropractic physician should practice a method of healing founded on a scientific basis, and should not voluntarily associate professionally with anyone who violates this principle.
43.2(5) The chiropractic profession should safeguard the public and itself against chiropractic physicians deficient in moral character or professional competence. Chiropractic physicians should observe all laws, uphold the dignity and honor of the profession and accept its self–imposed disci–plines. They should expose, without hesitation, illegal or unethical conduct of fellow members of the profession.
43.2(6) A chiropractic physician may choose whom to serve. In an emergency, however, services should be rendered to the best of the chiropractic physician’s ability. Having undertaken the case of a patient, the chiropractic physician may not neglect the patient; and, unless the patient has been discharged, the chiropractic physician may discontinue services only after giving adequate notice.
43.2(7) A chiropractic physician should not dispose of services under terms or conditions which tend to interfere with or impair the free and complete exercise of professional judgment and skill or tend to cause a deterioration of the quality of chiropractic care.
43.2(8) A chiropractic physician should seek consultation upon request, in doubtful or difficult cases, or whenever it appears that the quality of chiropractic service may be enhanced thereby.
43.2(9) A chiropractic physician may not reveal the confidences entrusted in the course of chiropractic attendance, or the deficiencies observed in the character of patients, unless required to do so by law or unless it becomes necessary in order to protect the welfare of the individual or of the community.
43.2(10) The honored ideals of the chiropractic profession imply that the responsibilities of the chiropractic physician extend not only to the individual, but also to society where these responsibilities deserve interest and participation in activities which have the purpose of improving both the health and well–being of the individual and the community.
645—43.3(514F) Utilization and cost control review.
43.3(1) The board shall establish utilization and cost control review (U.C.C.R.) committee(s). The name(s) of the committee(s) shall be on file with the board and available to the public. The designation of the committee(s) shall be reviewed annually.
43.3(2) Members of the U.C.C.R. committee shall:
a. Hold a current license.
b. Have practiced chiropractic in the state of Iowa for a minimum of five years prior to appointment.
c. Be actively involved in a chiropractic practice during the term of appointment as a U.C.C.R. committee member.
d. Have no pending board disciplinary actions or discipline taken during the three years prior to appointment and no discipline pending or taken during the period of appointment.
e. Have no malpractice awards granted against the appointed committee member during the three years prior to appointment or during the period of appointment.
f. Not assist in the review or adjudication of claims in which the committee member may reasonably be presumed to have a conflict of interest.
g. Have completed a utilization review course that has been previously approved by the board.
43.3(3) Procedures for utilization and cost control review. A request for review may be made to the board by any person governed by the various chapters of title XIII, subtitle 1, of the Iowa Code, self–insurers for health care benefits to employees, other third–party payers, chiropractic patients or licensees.
a. There shall be a reasonable fee, as established by the board, for services rendered, which will be made payable directly to the U.C.C.R. committee. The committee shall make a yearly accounting to the board.
b. A request for service shall be submitted to the executive director of the U.C.C.R. committee on an approved submission form and shall be accompanied by four copies of all information. All references to identification and location of patient and doctor shall be deleted and prepared for blind review by the executive director of the U.C.C.R. committee. The information shall be forwarded to the U.C.C.R. committee.
c. The U.C.C.R. committee shall respond in writing to the parties involved with its findings and recommendations within 90 days. The committee shall review the appropriateness of levels of treatment and give an opinion as to the reasonableness of charges for diagnostic or treatment services rendered as requested. The U.C.C.R. committee shall submit a quarterly report of its activities to the board. The U.C.C.R. committee shall meet at least annually with the board chairperson or the board chairperson’s designee.
43.3(4) Types of cases reviewed shall include:
a. Utilization.
(1) Frequency of treatment;
(2) Amount of treatment;
(3) Necessity of service;
(4) Appropriateness of treatment.
b. Usual and customary service.
43.3(5) Criteria for review may include but are not limited to:
a. Was diagnosis compatible and consistent with information?
b. Were X–ray and other examination procedures adequate, or were they insufficient or nonrelated to history or diagnosis?
c. Were clinical records adequate, complete, and of sufficient frequency?
d. Was treatment consistent with diagnosis?
e. Was treatment program consistent with scientific knowledge and academic and clinical training in accredited chiropractic colleges?
f. Were charges reasonable and customary for the service?
43.3(6) Members of the U.C.C.R. committee shall observe the requirements of confidentiality imposed by Iowa Code chapter 272C.
43.3(7) Action of the U.C.C.R. committee does not constitute an action of the board.
645—43.4(151) Chiropractic insurance consultant.
43.4(1) A chiropractic physician will advise insurance companies of Iowa standards of recognized and accepted chiropractic services and procedures permitted by the Iowa Code and administrative rules; and will advise on the propriety of chiropractic diagnosis and care.
43.4(2) Licensed chiropractic physicians shall not hold themselves out as chiropractic insurance consultants unless they meet the following requirements:
a. Hold a current license.
b. Have practiced chiropractic in the state of Iowa for a minimum of five years.
c. Are actively involved in a chiropractic practice during the term of appointment as a chiropractic insurance consultant.
645—43.5(151) Acupuncture.
43.5(1) Acupuncture is the procedure of puncturing the skin with needles for treatment.
43.5(2) Venipuncture for withdrawal of blood is not an acupuncture procedure.
645—43.6(151) Nonprofit nutritional product sales.
43.6(1) Profit shall mean all moneys remaining after the cost of operating a chiropractic practice.
43.6(2) The sale price of the nutritional product may not include a profit exceeding the cost of the practice overhead and the product.
645—43.7(151) Adjunctive procedures.
43.7(1) Adjunctive procedures are defined as procedures related to differential diagnosis.
43.7(2) For any applicant for licensure to practice chiropractic in the state of Iowa who chooses to be tested in limited adjunctive procedures, those limited procedures must be adequate for the applicant to come to a differential diagnosis in order to pass the examination.
43.7(3) Applicants for licenses to practice chiropractic who refuse to utilize any of the adjunctive procedures which they have been taught in approved colleges of chiropractic must adequately show the board that they can come to an adequate differential diagnosis without the use of adjunctive procedures.
645—43.8(151) Physical examination. The chiropractic physician is to perform physical examinations to determine human ailments, or the absence thereof, utilizing principles taught by chiropractic colleges. Physical examination procedures shall not include prescription drugs or operative surgery.
645—43.9(151) Gonad shielding. Gonad shielding of not less than 0.25 millimeter lead equivalent shall be used for chiropractic patients who have not passed the reproductive age during radiographic procedures in which the gonads are in the useful beam, except for cases in which this would interfere with the diagnostic procedures.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 151.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered rule 645—44.2(272C) by renumbering subrules 44.2(2) to 44.2(5) as 44.2(3) to 44.2(6) and adopting the following new subrule:
44.2(2) Continuing education credit earned from January 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, may be used for either the July 2002 compliance period or the following biennial compliance period. The licensee may use the continuing education credit hours earned only once. Credit may not be duplicated for both compliance periods. This subrule applies only for the renewal biennium of 2002 and the following renewal biennium.
ITEM 6. Rescind renumbered rule 645—44.6(272C) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
645—44.6(272C) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
44.6(1) Failure by the licensee to renew within 30 days after the expiration date shall cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the license to lapse shall not engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the license to lapse must apply to the board for reinstatement of the license. Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the applicant:
a. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the board;
b. Pays all renewal fees;
c. Pays the late fee which has been assessed by the board for failure to renew;
d. Pays the reinstatement fee;
e. Has a personal interview with the board at the board’s request; and
f. Provides verification of license(s) from every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed.
44.6(2) If the license has been lapsed for two bienniums or less, the licensee shall, in addition to meeting the requirements of 44.6(1), provide evidence of one of the following:
a. Satisfactory completion of board–approved continuing education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed; or
b. Current full–time practice in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia and completion of the continuing education requirement of that state.
44.6(3) If the license has been lapsed for three or more bienniums, the applicant shall meet the requirements of 44.6(1), and the following criteria shall apply:
a. If the applicant provides evidence of a current license and proof of active practice in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia during the immediately preceding five years, the applicant shall comply with the requirements of subrule 44.6(2).
b. If the applicant does not have a current license in another state of the United States or in the District of Columbia and cannot provide evidence of active practice in the United States during the immediately preceding five years, the applicant shall provide:
(1) Evidence of satisfactory completion of board–approved continuing education during the period since the license lapsed. The total number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed to a maximum of three bienniums or 180 hours; and
(2) Evidence of successful completion of the SPEC examination within one year prior to reinstatement.
ITEM 7. Amend renumbered rule 645—44.9(272C) as follows:
645—44.9(272C) Continuing education waiver exemption for disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving disability or illness, grant waivers exemptions of the minimum educational continuing education requirements or extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports. No waiver exemption or extension of time shall be granted unless written application therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant a waiver an exemption of the minimum educational continuing education requirements for any period of time not to exceed one calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the disability or illness upon which a waiver an exemption has been granted continues beyond the period of waiver exemption, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver exemption. The board may, as a condition of any waiver exemption granted, require the applicant to make up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational continuing education requirements waived exempted by such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
ITEM 8. Rescind renumbered subrule 44.10(4) and adopt the following new subrules in lieu thereof:
44.10(4) Provide verification(s) of license(s) from every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed;
44.10(5) If the license has been inactive for two bienniums or less, furnish in the application evidence of one of the following:
a. Satisfactory completion of board–approved continuing education requirements during the period since the license became inactive. The total number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the license became inactive; or
b. Current full–time practice in another state of the United States or in the District of Columbia and completion of the continuing education requirement of that state.
44.10(6) If the license has been inactive for three or more bienniums, the following criteria shall apply:
a. If the applicant provides evidence of a current license and proof of active practice in another state of the United States or in the District of Columbia during the immediately preceding five years, the applicant shall comply with the requirements of subrule 44.10(5).
b. If the applicant does not have a current license in another state of the United States or in the District of Columbia and cannot provide evidence of active practice in the United States during the immediately preceding five years, the applicant shall provide:
(1) Evidence of satisfactory completion of board–approved continuing education during the period since the license lapsed. The total number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the license became inactive to a maximum of three bienniums or 180 hours; and
(2) Evidence of successful completion of the SPEC examination within one year prior to reinstatement.
ITEM 9. Adopt the following new 645—Chapter 46:

CHAPTER 46
FEES
645—46.1(151) License fees. All fees are nonrefundable.
46.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice chiropractic is $225.
46.1(2) Issuance of annual temporary certificate is $100.
46.1(3) Biennial license renewal fee is $100.
46.1(4) Late fee for failure to renew before the expiration date is $50.
46.1(5) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an inactive license is $50.
46.1(6) Duplicate license fee is $10.
46.1(7) Fee for verification of license is $10.
46.1(8) Returned check fee is $15.
46.1(9) Disciplinary hearing fee is a maximum of $75.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 151 and 272C.
ARC 1590B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Examiners for Nursing Home Administrators hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 140, “Administrative and Regulatory Authority,” and adopt new Chapter 140, “Administrative and Regulatory Authority for the Board of Examiners for Nursing Home Administrators,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment rescinds the current rules about the organization and purpose of the Board and adopts new rules on the purpose of the Board, organization and proceedings of the Board, official communication, office hours, and public meetings.
These rules were revised in accordance with Executive Order Number 8. Staff and Board members had input on these rules. Decisions were made based on need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
Any interested person may make written comments on the proposed amendment no later than May 21, 2002, addressed to Ella Mae Baird, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on May 21, 2002, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.76 and chapters 17A, 155 and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.

Rescind 645—Chapter 140 and adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:

CHAPTER 140
ADMINISTRATIVE AND REGULATORY AUTHORITY FOR THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS FOR
NURSING HOME ADMINISTRATORS
645—140.1(17A,155) Definitions.
“Board” means the board of examiners for nursing home administrators.
“Board office” means the office of the administrative staff.
“Department” means the department of public health.
“Disciplinary proceeding” means any proceeding under the authority of the board pursuant to which licensee discipline may be imposed.
“License” means a license to practice as a nursing home administrator under the laws of this state.
“Licensee” means a person licensed to practice as a nursing home administrator in the state of Iowa.
“Nursing home” means any institution or facility, or part thereof, defined as such for licensing purposes under state law or pursuant to the rules for nursing homes established by the department of inspections and appeals, whether proprietary or nonproprietary, including but not limited to nursing homes owned and administered by the federal or state government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
“Nursing home administrator” means a person who administers, manages, supervises, or is in general administrative charge of a nursing home whether or not such individual has an ownership interest in such home and whether or not the individual’s functions and duties are shared with one or more individuals. A member of a board of directors, unless also serving in a supervisory or managerial capacity, shall not be considered a nursing home administrator.
“Peer review” means evaluation of professional services rendered by a professional practitioner.
“Peer reviewer(s)” means one or more persons acting in a peer review capacity who have been appointed by the board for such purpose.
645—140.2(17A,155) Purpose of board. The purpose of the board is to administer and enforce the provisions of Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 155 and 272C with regard to practicing as a nursing home administrator. The mission of the board is to protect the public health, safety and welfare by licensing qualified individuals who provide services to consumers and by fair and consistent enforcement of the statutes and the rules of the licensure board. Responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
140.2(1) Licensing of qualified applicants by examination, renewal, endorsement, and reciprocity.
140.2(2) Developing and administering a program of continuing education to ensure the continued competency of individuals licensed by the board.
140.2(3) Imposing discipline on licensees as provided by statute or rule.
645—140.3(17A,147,272C) Organization of board and proceedings.
140.3(1) The board is composed of nine members appointed by the governor and confirmed by the senate.
140.3(2) The members of the board shall include:
a. Four members who shall be licensed nursing home administrators, one of whom shall be an administrator of a nonproprietary nursing home;
b. Three members shall be persons who are licensed members of any of the professions concerned with the care and treatment of chronically ill or elderly patients and who are not nursing home administrators or nursing home owners; and
c. Two members who are not licensed nursing home administrators or licensed persons under Iowa Code chapter 147 and who shall represent the general public. The members shall be interested in the problems of elderly patients and nursing home care, but shall have no financial interest in any nursing home.
140.3(3) The board shall elect a chairperson, vice chairperson, and secretary from its membership at the first meeting after April 30 of each year.
140.3(4) The board shall hold at least one annual meeting.
140.3(5) A majority of the members of the board shall constitute a quorum.
140.3(6) Board meetings shall be governed in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 21, and the board’s proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised.
140.3(7) The professional licensure division shall furnish the board with the necessary facilities and employees to perform the duties required by this chapter, but shall be reimbursed for all costs incurred from funds appropriated to the board.
140.3(8) The board has the authority to:
a. Develop and implement a program of continuing education to ensure the continued competency of individuals licensed by the board.
b. Establish fees.
c. Establish committees of the board, the members of which shall be appointed by the board chairperson and shall not constitute a quorum of the board. The board chairperson shall appoint committee chairpersons.
d. Hold a closed session if the board votes to do so in a public roll–call vote with an affirmative vote of at least two–thirds if the total board is present or a unanimous vote if fewer are present. The board will recognize the appropriate statute allowing for a closed session when voting to go into closed session. The board shall keep minutes of all discussion, persons present, and action occurring at a closed session and shall tape–record the proceedings. The records shall be stored securely in the board office and shall not be made available for public inspection.
e. Investigate alleged violations of statutes or rules that relate to practicing as a nursing home administrator upon receipt of a complaint or upon the board’s own initiation. The investigation will be based on information or evidence received by the board.
f. Initiate and impose licensee discipline.
g. Monitor licensees who are restricted by a board order.
h. Establish and register peer reviewers.
i. Refer a complaint to one or more registered peer reviewers for investigation and review. The peer reviewers will review cases and recommend appropriate action. However, the referral of any matter shall not relieve the board of any of its duties and shall not divest the board of any authority or jurisdiction.
645—140.4(17A) Official communications.
140.4(1) All official communications, including submissions and requests, may be addressed to the Board of Examiners for Nursing Home Administrators, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
140.4(2) Notice of change of address. Each licensee shall notify the board in writing of a change of the licensee’s current mailing address within 30 days after the change of address occurs.
645—140.5(17A) Office hours. The board office is open for public business from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday to Friday of each week, except holidays.
645—140.6(17A) Public meetings. Members of the public may be present during board meetings unless the board votes to hold a closed session. Dates and location of board meetings may be obtained from the board’s Web site (http://www. idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the board office.
140.6(1) At every regularly scheduled board meeting, time will be designated for public comment. During the public comment period any person may speak for up to two minutes. Requests to speak for two minutes per person later in the meeting when a particular topic comes before the board should be made at the time of the public comment period and will be granted at the discretion of the chairperson. No more than ten minutes will be allotted for public comment at any one time unless the chairperson indicates otherwise.
140.6(2) Persons who have not asked to address the board during the public comment period may raise their hands to be recognized by the chairperson. Acknowledgment and an opportunity to speak will be at the discretion of the chairperson.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 155 and 272C.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2, subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:

April 1, 2001 — April 30, 2001 7.00%
May 1, 2001 — May 31, 2001 7.00%
June 1, 2001 — June 30, 2001 7.25%
July 1, 2001 — July 31, 2001 7.50%
August 1, 2001 — August 31, 2001 7.25%
September 1, 2001 — September 30, 2001 7.25%
October 1, 2001 — October 31, 2001 7.00%
November 1, 2001 — November 30, 2001 6.75%
December 1, 2001 — December 31, 2001 6.50%
January 1, 2002 — January 31, 2002 6.75%
February 1, 2002 — February 28, 2002 7.00%
March 1, 2002 — March 31, 2002 7.00%
April 1, 2002 — April 30, 2002 7.00%
May 1, 2002 — May 31, 2002 7.25%
ARC 1572B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 96.11, the Director of the Workforce Development Department hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 24, “Claims and Benefits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed amendment provides information about extended benefits available as the result of the Temporary Extended Compensation Act of 2002 signed by the President on March 9, 2002, and made applicable to Iowa pursuant to an agreement signed by Governor Vilsack on March 9, 2002.
The purpose of this amendment is to rescind rule 871- 24.50(96) and adopt a new rule defining temporary extended unemployment compensation benefits which defines the eligibility criteria, weekly benefit amount, compensable weeks, overpayments, payment order, and waiver of overpayments due to equity and good conscience.
The rule defines the criteria established by the Temporary Extended Compensation Act of 2002 and is not subject to waiver except for the subrule that provides for waiver of an overpayment which violates equity and good conscience.
Interested persons, governmental agencies and associations may present written comments or statements on the proposed amendment not later than 4:30 p.m., May 21, 2002, to Larry Venenga, Workforce Development Department, Unemployment Insurance Services Division, 1000 E. Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
A public hearing will be held on May 21, 2002, at 9:30 a.m. at the above address. The proposed amendment is subject to revision after the Department considers all written and oral presentations. Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact Larry Venenga at (515)281–4986 or at the above address.
This amendment was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 1598B. The content of that submission is incorporated by reference.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 96.11 and 96.29.


FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 1592B
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.512, the Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 20, “Institutions Administration,” and rescinds Chapter 21, “Iowa State Penitentiary,” Chapter 22, “Iowa State Men’s Reformatory,” Chapter 23, “Iowa Correctional Institution for Women,” Chapter 24, “Medium Security Facility,” Chapter 25, “Correctional Treatment Unit,” Chapter 26, “North Central Correctional Facility,” Chapter 27, “Iowa Medical and Classification Center,” Chapter 28, “Newton Correctional Facility,” and Chapter 29, “Fort Dodge Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative Code.
2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304, was recently passed by the Iowa General Assembly, signed into law by Governor Thomas J. Vilsack on March 1, 2002, and became effective immediately. 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304, requires the Department to achieve mandatory furlough savings of $1.7 million by June 30, 2002. Other budgetary reductions, staff vacancies, early retirements, layoffs and staff turnover have directly impacted the Department’s ability to provide the privilege of visitation for offenders.
Governor Thomas J. Vilsack issued Executive Order Number 8, which requires state agencies to successfully identify and eliminate outdated, redundant, ineffective, or otherwise unnecessary rules to reduce inconvenience and confusion and increase public confidence in state government. To achieve this goal, the Department is rescinding Chapters 21 to 29, each of which governs institutional visitation, and is incorporating new language in Chapter 20 to govern all institutional visitation.
The Department finds that notice and public participation are impracticable at this time. The Department is statutorily and constitutionally required to reduce spending obligations to the level of constitutionally authorized appropriations. A further reduction in institutional visitation would be required if the Department were to delay taking action to allow for notice and public participation. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
In accordance with Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(1) to (3), these amendments became effective on April 8, 2002. The Department finds that the constitutional and statutory prohibitions on deficit expenditures necessitate the immediate implementation of these amendments. To the maximum extent possible, all reasonable efforts have been made to give actual and timely notice of the content of these amendments to persons affected by the amendments.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 1559B to allow for public comment.
The Department of Corrections Board approved these amendments on April 5, 2002.
These amendments became effective on April 8, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 904.512.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 201—20.1(904) as follows:
201—20.1(904) Application of rules. The rules in this chapter apply to all adult correctional institutions unless otherwise stated. Rules related to individual institutions can be found in chapters on the institutions. The institutions covered by these rules are the Iowa state penitentiary, Fort Madison, the Iowa state men’s reformatory Anamosa state penitentiary, Anamosa, the Iowa correctional institution for women, Mitchellville, the Iowa medical and classification center, Oakdale, the correctional release center Newton correctional facility, Newton, the Mt. Pleasant correctional facility, Mt. Pleasant, the Clarinda correctional facility, Clarinda, and the north central correctional facility, Rockwell City, and the Fort Dodge correctional facility, Fort Dodge.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 201—20.2(904) as follows:
201—20.2(904) Title II definitions.
“Class I Disciplinary Report” means the same as a major report and is defined in Department Manual department policy IN–V–36.
“Class II Disciplinary Report“ means the same as a minor report and is defined in Department Manual department policy IN–V–36.
“Contraband” means weapons, alcohol, drugs, money, obscene materials, or materials advocating disruption of or injury to inmates offenders, employees, programs, or physical facilities. It shall also include anything which is illegal to possess under the federal or state law, against institutional regulations, drugs or alcohol or materials which are used in the production or use of drugs or alcohol or used in conjunction with the taking of illicit drugs weapons, explosives, or potential weapons and explosives.
“Furlough” means any temporary release from custody as granted in accordance with Iowa Code section 904.108(2).
“Furlough residence” means any private dwelling, apartment, house, trailer court, hotel, motel or community dwelling place.
“Immediate family” means mother, father, sister, brother, half sister, half brother, spouse, son, daughter, natural grandparents, and natural grandchildren. Legal guardian, foster parents, stepparents, stepchildren, stepsister, and stepbrother will be included provided a positive relationship exists or contact will confer a benefit to the inmate an offender’s spouse, mother, father, sister, brother, child, grandparent, established legal guardian or other who acted in place of parents, and step– or half–relation if the step– or half–relation and the offender were raised as cohabiting siblings.
For the purpose of visitation, all the above will be included as immediate family provided a positive relationship exists. Immediate family members may be subject to criminal background investigation.
“Law enforcement checks” means prescheduled, in person, check–ins at designated law enforcement agencies such as police departments, sheriff’s offices and highway patrol offices.
“Medical practitioner” means medical doctor, osteopathic physician or physician’s assistant employed by the department.
“Obscene material” means the same as that described in 20.6(4).
“Performance evaluation” means evaluation of work and program participation as well as other areas of behavior.
“Plan of payment” means the method by which the inmate offender is to make restitution. The plan may include legal financial obligations. The plan is to reflect the offender’s present circumstances, such as income, physical and mental health, education, employment and family circumstances.
“Plan of restitution” means a plan stating the amount of restitution as set by the court.
“Responsible person” means an individual on the inmate’s offender’s visiting list of legal age and in the judgment of the staff, is a person of accountability, is able to think and act rationally, and is willing to facilitate the inmate’s offender’s successful completion of furloughs within the furlough rules and facilitate the return of the inmate offender to the institution. A responsible person shall further mean an individual not now under indictment, sentence or conviction of an indictable public offense. Ex–felons will not be permitted to act as responsible persons for furlough until the demonstration of two years’ successful adjustment in the community after release from any supervision.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 904.108(1)“k.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 201—20.3(904), introductory paragraph, as follows:
201—20.3(904) Visits to offenders. Visiting is a privilege which allows offenders to maintain and strengthen relationships with family members and friends. Though visits are encouraged, institutions’ space, schedule, personnel constraints, treatment considerations, or other safety and security issues of the institutions and their operations may result in limiting the number and length of visits. Visitation is additionally governed by the provisions of department of corrections policy IN–V–122.
ITEM 4. Adopt new subrule 20.3(2) as follows and renumber subrules 20.3(2) to 20.3(6) as 20.3(3) to 20.3(7):
20.3(2) Schedule. Each department of corrections institution will structure a visiting schedule allowing visitation for a minimum of four days per week. The warden/superintendent will designate the time for visiting on certain days/holidays and advise the offenders. The offender is responsible for informing the visitor of the days and hours for visitation.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(4), paragraphs “a,” “i” and “j,” as follows:
a. Individuals discharged from a correctional institution, from parole or from probation within the last 18 six months. Noncontact visiting may be authorized for an offender’s spouse or child who has been discharged from a correctional institution, from parole or from probation within the last 18 six months.
i. Current and former employees, volunteers or ex–volunteers, and individuals who currently are providing, or have previously provided, contract services to the department of corrections or a judicial district within the last six months.
j. Former department of corrections employees of this or other federal, state, or local jurisdiction or volunteers who have left employment voluntarily or been terminated as a result of accusation or investigation for misconduct within the last six months shall not be allowed to visit at the facility where they were employed or volunteered.
ITEM 6. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(7) as follows:
20.3(7) Special visitors. Attorneys, division of criminal investigation agents, Federal Bureau of Investigation agents, and law enforcement officials, and ministers shall present proof of identity upon entrance to the institution. The offender must express a desire to visit a minister or an attorney before the minister or attorney will be admitted. Attorney and minister visits shall be during normal visiting hours unless a special visit has been requested by the offender and approved by the warden/superintendent or designee prior to the visit.
An attorney or minister testing positive by an electronic detection device may be required to visit without direct contact.
ITEM 7. Adopt new subrule 20.3(8) as follows and renumber subrules 20.3(7) to 20.3(18) as 20.3(9) to 20.3(20):
20.3(8) Ministers. Ministers shall present proof of identity upon entrance to the institution. The offender must express a desire to visit a minister before the minister will be admitted. Minister visits shall be during normal visiting hours unless a special visit has been requested by the offender and approved by the warden/superintendent or designee prior to the visit.
A minister testing positive by an electronic detection device may be required to visit without direct contact.
ITEM 8. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(11) as follows:
20.3(11) Minors. Minors outside the offender’s immediate family shall have written permission from a parent or guardian and be accompanied by an adult on the approved visiting list shall visit only in conjunction with their parentor legal guardian. All minors shall have adult supervision. Exceptions shall have prior approval of the warden/superintendent or designee.
ITEM 9. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(17) as follows:
20.3(17) Segregation status. Offenders who are assigned to special units such as disciplinary detention or administrative in segregation status may have visits modified in regard to place, time, and visitor, depending on the staff and space available.
ITEM 10. Rescind and reserve 201—Chapter 21 through 201—Chapter 29.

[Filed Emergency 4/8/02, effective 4/8/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1589B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” and Chapter 81, “Nursing Facilities,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
Executive Order Number 24 mandated an across–the–board cut of 4.3 percent in state funding for all appropriations. In response, the Council on Human Services adopted emergency amendments on January 16, 2002, to implement an across–the–board reduction of 13.2 percent to Medicaid providers for the remainder of state fiscal year 2002. Those amendments were Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 6, 2002, as ARC 1365B.
On January 24, 2002, the Administrative Rules Review Committee delayed the effective date of those amendments until the end of the 2002 legislative session. Subsequently, the legislature and the Governor reappropriated funds to the Department of Human Services to restore the 4.3 percent cut to the Medicaid program through 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2245, enacted February 8, 2002. Therefore, the legal basis and necessity for the 13.2 percent reduction to Medicaid providers for the remainder of state fiscal year 2002 are removed.
These amendments rescind the 13.2 percent cut to managed care capitation payments and reimbursement rates for the following providers: advanced registered nurse practitioners certified in family, pediatric, or psychiatric mental health specialities; ambulances; ambulatory surgical centers; audiologists; birth centers; certified registered nurse anesthetists; chiropractors; community mental health centers; dentists; durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and medical supply dealers; family planning clinics; hearing aid dispensers; home health agencies; hospitals (critical access, inpatient, and outpatient); lead inspection agencies; maternal health centers; nurse–midwives; nursing facilities; opticians; optometrists; orthopedic shoe dealers; pharmacists (dispensing fee); pharmaceutical case management services providers; physical therapists; physicians; podiatrists; psychologists; rehabilitation agencies; and screening centers.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because they confer a benefit.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary and contrary to the public interest because the intent of 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2245, is that these cuts not be implemented. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit. Therefore, the normal effective date of these amendments is waived and these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments became effective on April 12, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 78.3(13), 78.3(14), and 78.3(16) as follows:
78.3(13) Payment for patients in acute hospital beds who are determined by IFMC to require the skilled nursing care level of care shall be made at an amount equal to the sum of the direct care rate component limit for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3) plus the non–direct care rate component limit for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3), with the rate component limits being revised July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter. This rate is effective (a) as of the date of notice by IFMC that the lower level of care is required or (b) for the days IFMC determines in an outlier review that the lower level of care was required. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the payment otherwise provided by this rule shall be reduced by 13.2 percent.
78.3(14) Payment for patients in acute hospital beds who are determined by IFMC to require nursing facility level of care shall be made at an amount equal to the sum of the direct care rate component limit for Medicaid nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(1) plus the non–direct care rate component limit for Medicaid nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(1), with the rate component limits being revised July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter. This rate is effective (a) as of the date of notice by IFMC that the lower level of care is required or (b) for the days IFMC determines in an outlier review that the lower level of care was required. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the payment otherwise provided by this rule shall be reduced by 13.2 percent.
78.3(16) Payment will be made for medically necessary skilled nursing care when provided by a hospital participating in the swing–bed program certified by the department of inspections and appeals and approved by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Payment shall be at an amount equal to the sum of the direct care rate component limit for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3) and thenon–direct care rate component limit for Medicare–certifiedhospital–based nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3), with the rate component limits being revised July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the payment otherwise provided by this rule shall be reduced by 13.2 percent.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A) as follows:
Rescind the first unnumbered paragraph of subrule 79.1(1), paragraph “g.”
Amend subrule 79.1(2), basis of reimbursement provider categories “Advanced registered nurse practitioners certified in family, pediatric, or psychiatric mental health specialities”; “Ambulance”; “Ambulatory surgical centers”; “Audiologists”; “Birth centers”; “Certified registered nurse anesthetists”; “Chiropractors”; “Community mental health centers”; “Dentists”; “Durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and medical supply dealers”; “Family planning clinics”; “Hearing aid dispensers”; “Home health agencies”; “Hospitals (Critical access)”; “Hospitals (Inpatient)”; “Hospitals (Outpatient)”; “Lead inspection agency”; “Maternal health centers”; “Nurse–midwives”; “Nursing facilities”; “Opticians”; “Optometrists”; “Orthopedic shoe dealers”; “Physical therapists”; “Physicians”; “Podiatrists”; “Prescribed drugs”; “Psychologists”; “Rehabilitation agencies”; and “Screening centers” as follows:

Provider category
Basis of reimbursement
Upper limit
Advanced registered nurse practitioners certified in family, pediatric, or psychiatric mental health specialties
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Ambulance
Fee schedule
Ground ambulance: Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.


Air ambulance: A base rate of $203.25 plus $7.61 per mile for each mile the patient is carried. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: A base rate of $176.42 plus $6.60 per mile for each mile the patient is carried.
Ambulatory surgical centers
Base rate fee schedule as determined by Medicare. See 79.1(3)
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Audiologists
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Birth centers
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Certified registered nurse anesthetists
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Chiropractors
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Community mental health centers
Fee schedule
Reimbursement rate for center in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Reimbursement rate for center in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Dentists

Fee schedule

Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and medical supply dealers
Fee schedule. See 79.1(4)
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Family planning clinics
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Hearing aid dispensers
Fee schedule plus product acquisition cost
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Home health agencies


(Encounter services– intermittent services)
Retrospective cost–related
Rate in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Rate in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
(Private duty nursing or personal care and VFC vaccine administration for persons aged 20 and under)
Interim fee schedule with retrospective cost settling based on Medicaid methodology
Rate in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Rate in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Hospitals (Critical access)
Retrospectively adjusted prospective rates. See 79.1(1)“g” and 79.1(5)
The reasonable cost of covered services provided to medical assistance recipients or the upper limits for other hospitals, whichever is greater. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: The reasonable cost of covered services provided to medical assistance recipients less 13.2% or the upper limits for other hospitals, whichever is greater.
Hospitals (Inpatient)
Prospective reimbursement. See 79.1(5)
Reimbursement rate in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Reimbursement rate in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Hospitals (Outpatient)
Prospective reimbursement for providers listed at 441—paragraphs 78.31(1)“a” to “f.”
See 79.1(16)
Ambulatory patient group rate (plus an evaluation rate) and assessment payment rate in effect on 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Ambulatory patient group rate (plus an evaluation rate) and assessment payment rate in effect on 1/31/02 less 13.2%.

Fee schedule for providers listed at 441—paragraphs 78.31(1)“g” to “n.” See 79.1(16)
Rates in effect on 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Rates in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Lead inspection agency
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Maternal health centers
Reasonable cost per procedure on a prospective basis as determined by the department based on financial and statistical data submitted annually by the provider group
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Nurse–midwives
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Nursing facilities:


1. Nursing facility care
Prospective reimbursement. See 441—subrule 81.10(1) and 441— 81.6(249A).
The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance ceiling under 441— 81.6(16)“d”(1)“1”and (2)“1” is 95% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance is 100%. The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance limit is 10% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance ceiling under 441—
See 441—subrules 81.6(4) and 81.6(14) and paragraph 81.6(16)“f.” The direct care rate component limit under 441—81.6(16)“f”(1) and (2) is 120% of the patient–day–weighted median. The non–direct care rate component limit under 441—81.6(16)“f”(1) and (2) is 110% of the patient–day–weighted median.
For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the rate otherwise provided shall be reduced by 13.2%.

81.6(16)“d”(1)“2” and (2)“2” is 96% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance limit is 65%. The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance limit is 8% of the patient–day–weighted median.

2. Hospital–based, Medicare–certified nursing care
Prospective reimbursement. See 441—subrule 81.10(1) and 441— 81.6(249A). The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance ceiling under 441—81.6(16)“d”(3)“1” is 95% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance is 100%. The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance limit is 10% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance ceiling under 441— 81.6(16)“d”(3)“2” is 96% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance limit is 65%. The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance limit is 8% of the patient–day–weighted median.
See 441—subrules 81.6(4) and 81.6(14), and paragraph 81.6(16)“f.” The direct care rate component limit under 441—81.6(16)“f”(3) is 120% of the patient–day–weighted median. The non–direct care rate component limit under 441—81.6(16)“f”(3) is 110% of the patient–day–weighted median. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the rate otherwise provided shall be reduced by 13.2%.
Opticians
Fee schedule. Fixed fee for lenses and frames; other optical materials at product acquisition cost
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Optometrists
Fee schedule. Fixed fee for lenses and frames; other optical materials at product acquisition cost
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Orthopedic shoe dealers
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Physical therapists
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Physicians (doctors of medicine or osteopathy)
Fee schedule.
See 79.1(7)
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.

Podiatrists

Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Prescribed drugs
See 79.1(8)
$5.17 dispensing fee. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: $4.48 dispensing fee. (See 79.1(8)“a” and “e”)
Psychologists
Fee schedule
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Rehabilitation agencies
Retrospective cost–related
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
Screening centers
Fee schedule
Reimbursement rate for center in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Reimbursement rate in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.

Amend subrule 79.1(8), paragraph “a,” second and third unnumbered paragraphs, as follows:
The basis of payment for prescribed drugs for which the MAC has been established shall be the lesser of the MAC plus a professional dispensing fee of $5.17 (reduced to $4.48 for services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002) or the pharmacist’s usual and customary charge to the general public.
The basis of payment for drugs for which the MAC has not been established shall be the lesser of the EAC plus a professional dispensing fee of $5.17 (reduced to $4.48 for services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002) or the pharmacist’s usual and customary charge to the general public.
Rescind the unnumbered paragraph and the second table from subrule 79.1(18).
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—81.6(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 81.6(4), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Except as provided below for services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the The Medicaid payment rates for services rendered from July 1, 2001, through June 30, 2002, shall be 66.67 percent of the facility’s Medicaid rate effective June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, plus an inflation allowance of 6.21 percent, not to exceed $94, and 33.33 percent of the July 1, 2001, modified price–based rate pursuant to subrule 81.6(16). In no case shall the July 1, 2001, Medicaid rate be less than the Medicaid rate effective June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, and increased by a 6.21 percent inflation allowance. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the payment rate otherwise provided by this paragraph, including the rate provided by the previous sentence, shall be reduced by 13.2 percent.
Rescind the second unnumbered paragraph of subrule 81.6(16).

[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1575B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 8, “Fees,” and Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of these amendments is to establish reinstatement categories and requirements, including fees, for two groups of physicians: those whose licenses have been inactive for less than one year and those whose licenses have been inactive for one year or longer. These amendments are also published under Notice of Intended Action herein as ARC 1574B.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds that notice and public participation are contrary to the public interest because the amendments expedite physicians returning to their practices. A physician whose license becomes inactive must cease practice immediately. The current rule requires that such physician complete a complex reinstatement process. The amended rules will allow a physician who has an inactive license for less than one year to reinstate more easily and to return to practice faster. Physicians, hospitals and patients will experience the benefit.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing on April 12, 2002, as they confer a benefit to the public and remove a restriction on physicians who have had an inactive license for less than one year.
The Board adopted these amendments on April 10, 2002.
These amendments became effective on April 12, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 147.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 8.4(1) by amending paragraph “f” and adopting new paragraph “g” as follows:
f. Reinstatement of a license to practice one year or more after becoming inactive, $400.
g. Reinstatement of a license within one year of becoming inactive, the renewal fee for the most recent license period plus a $175 reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when the license in the most recent license period had been granted for less than 24 months; in that case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of issuance and the physician’s month and year of birth.
ITEM 2. Renumber subrules 9.13(1) and 9.13(2) as subrules 9.13(2) and 9.13(3) and adopt new subrule 9.13(1) as follows:
9.13(1) Reinstatement within one year of becoming inactive. An individual whose license is in inactive status for up to one year and who wishes to reinstate the license shall submit a completed renewal application, documentation of continuing education and mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, the renewal fee, and the reinstatement penalty. All of the information shall be received in the board office within one year of the license becoming inactive for the applicant to reinstate under this subrule. For example, a physician whose license became inactive on March 1 has until the last day of the following February to renew under this subrule.
a. Fees for reinstatement within one year of becoming inactive. The fee shall include the renewal fee for the most recent license period plus a $175 reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when the license in the most recent license period had been granted for less than 24 months; in that case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of issuance and the physician’s month and year of birth.
b. Continuing education and mandatory training requirements. The requirements for continuing education and mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse are found in 653—Chapter 11. Applicants for reinstatement shall provide documentation of having completed:
(1) The number of hours of category 1 activity needed for renewal in the most recent license period. None of the hours obtained in the inactive period may be carried over to a future license period; and
(2) Mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, if applicable, within the previous five years.
c. Issuance of a reinstated license. Upon receiving the completed application, staff shall administratively issue a license that expires on the renewal date that would have been in effect if the licensee had renewed the license before the license expired.
d. Reinstatement application process. The applicant who fails to submit all reinstatement information required within 365 days of the license becoming inactive shall be required to meet the reinstatement requirements of 9.13(2). For example, if a physician’s license expires on January 1, the completed reinstatement application is due in the board office by December 31, in order to meet the requirements of this subrule.
ITEM 3. Amend renumbered subrule 9.13(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
9.13(2) Application. Reinstatement of an unrestricted Iowa license that has been inactive for one year or longer. An individual whose license is in inactive status and who has not submitted a reinstatement application that was received by the board within one year of the license becoming inactive
shall follow the application cycle specified in this rule and shall satisfy the following requirements for reinstatement:

[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1583B
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 21, “Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Paragraph 21.4(1)“f” is amended to exclude recruitment bonuses, tips and honoraria from the definition of covered wages.
Subrule 21.6(2) is amended to clarify the time that employers have to submit wage reports to IPERS.
Subrule 21.6(4) is amended to further clarify that, for reconciliation purposes, employers are required to remit contributions to IPERS prior to the submission of wage reports.
Subrule 21.6(5) is amended to establish good cause for an extension to file a wage report, and to change the length of time for filing the wage report.
Subparagraph 21.6(9)“d”(6) is amended to implementIPERS’ reclassification of service credit for a member who worked in an occupation classified as regular service at the time services were rendered, where such employment is subsequently reclassified by the legislature as a special service occupation.
New subrule 21.6(11) is adopted requiring that certainenrollment information for new employees be provided to IPERS by employers.
Subrule 21.8(4) is amended to modify a general administrative provision to provide for distribution of refund forms solely by IPERS, so as to limit the distribution of outdated forms.
Paragraph 21.29(2)“a” is amended to add a mandatory provision that qualified domestic relations orders shall be signed by the judge and filed with the clerk of court pursuant to local court rules before submission to IPERS for administration.
Subrule 21.29(3) is amended to provide that, when IPERS receives a qualified domestic relations order that uses a service factor formula, IPERS shall limit the denominator of the service fraction to the total number of quarters of IPERS coverage actually used in the calculation of the member’s retirement allowance. The subrule is also amended to add a provision that the attorneys in a divorce action shall submit one proposed domestic relations order approved by both parties prior to IPERS’ review.
Rule 21.34(97B) is amended to include replacement of benefit warrants to cover additional replacement in situations such as when the member has not notified IPERS of a new address or those warrants that are not cashed in a timely manner.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department finds that, because these amendments are beneficial to members and necessary to the current and ongoing administration of the system, additional notice and public participation prior to implementation are impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to the public interest, and that these amendments should be implemented immediately.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b,” that the normal effective date of these amendments should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator on April 12, 2002, because the proposed amendments confer benefits and are required to implement the system’s governing statutes. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments is published herein as ARC 1528B to give interested persons adequate notice of the changes and an opportunity to respond.
The amendments to subrules 21.6(2), 21.6(4), and 21.6(5), new subrule 21.6(11), paragraph 21.8(4)“a” and the amendment to rule 21.34(97B) may be subject to requests for waivers. The amendments to paragraph 21.4(1)“f,” subparagraph 21.6(9)“d”(6), and subrule 21.29(3) confer benefits or prevent abuses. The amendment to paragraph 21.29(2)“a” is required by law.
The Department adopted these amendments on April 12, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 97B.
These amendments became effective April 12, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph 21.4(1)“f” as follows:
f. Special lump sum payments. Wages do not include special lump sum payments made during or at the end of service as a payoff of unused accrued sick leave or of unused accrued vacation. Wages do not include special lump sum payments made during or at the end of service as an incentive to retire early or as payments made upon dismissal, severance, or a special bonus payment intended as an early retirement incentive. Wages do not include catastrophic leave paid in a lump sum, recruitment bonuses, tips or honoraria. The foregoing items are excluded whether paid in a lump sum or in a series of installment payments. Wages do not include catastrophic leave paid in a lump sum.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 21.6(2) as follows:
21.6(2) Each periodic wage reporting form must include all employees who earned reportable wages or wage equivalents under IPERS. If an employee has no reportable wage in a quarter but is still employed by the employing unit, the employee should be listed with zero wages. Periodic wage reports must be received by IPERS on or before the last day of the month following the close of a calendar quarter in which the wages were paid.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 21.6(4) as follows:
21.6(4) For employers filing quarterly employer remittance advice forms, contributions must be received byIPERS on or before the fifteenth day of the month following the close of the calendar quarter in which the wages were paid. and at least five days prior to the periodic wage reports filed for the same period.
For employers filing monthly employer remittance advice forms, contributions must be received by IPERS on or before the fifteenth day of the month following the close of the month in which wages were paid. and, for the third month of a quarter, at least five days prior to periodic wage reports filed for that quarter.
Any employer filing monthly or quarterly employer remittance advice forms for two or more entities shall attach to each remittance form the checks covering the contributions due on that form. Improperly paid contributions are considered as unpaid.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 21.6(5) as follows:
21.6(5) A request for an extension of time to file a periodic wage report or pay a contribution may be granted byIPERS for good cause if presented before the due date, but no extension shall exceed 30 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter beyond the due date. If an employer who has been granted an extension fails to pay the contribution on or before the end of the extension period, interest shall be charged and paid from the original due date as if no extension had been granted. IPERS may adopt reasonable additional rules imposing penalties on employers who fail to timely file periodic wage reports on a regular basis.
To establish good cause for an extension of time to file a periodic wage report or pay, the employer must show that the failure to pay delinquency was not due to mere negligence, lack of ordinary care or attention, carelessness or inattention. The employer must affirmatively show that it did not file the report or pay timely because of some occurrence beyond the control of the employer.
ITEM 5. Rescind subparagraph 21.6(9)“d”(6) and adopt the following new subparagraph in lieu thereof:
(6) Except as otherwise indicated in the implementing legislation or these rules, for a member whose prior regular service position is reclassified by the legislature as a special service position, all prior service by the member in such regular service position shall be coded by IPERS staff as special service if certified by the employer as constituting special service under current law. No additional contributions shall be required for regular service reclassified as special service under this subrule.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 581—21.6(97B) by adopting the following new subrule:
21.6(11) Effective September 1, 2002, covered employers shall be required to enroll new employees prior to reporting wages for the new employees. Enrollment information shall include, but is not limited to, the following: member’s name, social security number, date of birth, gender, and mailing address, and employer identification number. Employers may submit enrollment information for new employees on paper, but are encouraged to switch to magnetic media or Internet enrollment when available. A wage report filed by an employer through the Internet when IPERS makes the option available shall be rejected if the report contains new employees who have not yet been enrolled in the IPERS system.
ITEM 7. Amend paragraph 21.8(4)“a” as follows:
a. To obtain a refund, a member must file a refund application form, which is available from IPERS or the member’s employer. Effective December 31, 2002, refund application forms shall only be available from IPERS.
ITEM 8. Amend paragraph 21.29(2)“a” by adopting new subparagraph (6) as follows:
(6) Is clearly signed by the judge and filed with the clerk of court. IPERS will consider an order duly signed if it carries an original signature, a stamp bearing the judge’s signature, or is conformed in accordance with local court rules.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 21.29(3) by adopting new paragraphs “l” and “m” as follows:
l. If an order that is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order divides a member’s account using a service factor formula, IPERS shall limit the number of quarters used in the denominator of the service fraction to be the number of quarters actually used in the calculation of IPERS benefits.
m. The parties or their attorneys in a dissolution action involving an IPERS member shall decide between themselves which attorney will submit a proposed domestic relations order to IPERS for review. IPERS shall not review a proposed order that has not been approved as to form by both parties or their counsel. A rejection under this paragraph shall not preclude IPERS from placing a hold on a member’s account until the qualified status of a proposed order is resolved.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 581—21.34(97B) as follows:
581—21.34(97B) Error–prone replacement Replacement warrants. Effective July 1, 2002, for a member or beneficiary who, due to the member’s or beneficiary’s own actions or inactions, has benefits warrants replaced as a result of a mail loss, before or after delivery to the member, for two months twice in a six–month period, except when the loss occurs because of need for a replacement warrant is caused by IPERS’ failure to mail to the address specified by the recipient, payment shall be suspended until such time as the recipient establishes a direct deposit account in a bank, credit union or similar financial institution and provides IPERS with the information necessary to make electronic transfer of said monthly payments. Persons subject to said error–prone cases may be required to provide a face–to–face interview and additional documentation to prove that such a suspension would result in an undue hardship.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 97B.

[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1597B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 8, “Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides reference to current tables which determine payroll taxes.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary. Rule 8.8(85,17A) is noncontroversial and, further, Iowa Code section 85.61(6) requires adoption of current tables to determine payroll taxes by July 1 of each year. The Division must wait until the Internal Revenue Service and Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance determine whether there will be changes in their publications on July 1 of the current year.
The Division also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this amendment, 35 days after publication, should be waived and the amendment made effective July 1, 2002, as it confers a benefit upon the public to ensure speedy and uniform compliance with the Division’s legislative mandate.
The Division has determined that the amendment will have no impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.31.
The amendment does not include a waiver provision because rule 876—12.4(17A) provides the specified situations for waiver of Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 85.61(6).
This amendment will become effective on July 1, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend rule 876—8.8(85,17A) as follows:
876—8.8(85,17A) Payroll tax tables. Tables for determining payroll taxes to be used for the period July 1, 2001 2002, through June 30, 2002 2003, are the tables in effect on July 1, 2001 2002, for computation of:
1. Federal income tax withholding according to the percentage method of withholding for weekly payroll period. (Internal Revenue Service, Circular E, Employer’s Tax Guide, Publication 15 [Rev. January 2001 2002].)
2. Iowa income tax withholding computer formula for weekly payroll period. (Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance Iowa Withholding Tax Guide, Publication 44–001 [Rev. January 1998], for all wages paid on or after January 1, 1998.)
3. Social Security and Medicare withholding (FICA) at the rate of 7.65 percent (Internal Revenue Service, Circular E, Employer’s Tax Guide, Publication 15 Employer’s Supplemental Tax Guide, Publication 15–A [Rev. January 2001 2002].)
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 85.61(6).

[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1598B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 96.11, the Director of the Workforce Development Department hereby amends Chapter 24, “Claims and Benefits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This rule defines the eligibility criteria, weekly benefit amount, compensable weeks, overpayments, payment order, and waiver of overpayments due to equity and good conscience for temporary extended unemployment compensation.
In compliance with Iowa Code sections 17A.4(2) and 17A.5(2)“b,” the Department finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary because the amendment confers an immediate benefit to the general public since federal legislation was enacted on March 9, 2002, and benefits became payable starting on March 10, 2002.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendment should be waived and this amendment should be made effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator on April 12, 2002, as it confers a benefit on the general public by providing the payment of temporary extended unemployment compensation to unemployed Iowans.
The Department of Workforce Development adopted this amendment on April 12, 2002.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 1572B to allow public comment. This emergency filing permits the Department to implement the new provisions of the law.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 96.11 and 96.29.
This amendment became effective April 12, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Rescind rule 871-24.50(96) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
871-24.50(96) Temporary extended unemployment compensation.
24.50(1) Temporary extended unemployment compensation benefits are payable in Iowa pursuant to an agreement entered into by the state of Iowa and the federal government pursuant to the Temporary Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 2002. All requirements of Iowa Code chapter 96 and the Iowa administrative rules apply except as provided in this rule or required by the Temporary Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 2002.
24.50(2) An individual whose most recent claim which is monetarily eligible and for which the individual earned $250 since filing the individual’s previous unemployment benefit claim will be eligible for temporary extended unemployment compensation if the individual meets the following requirements:
a. The individual is unemployed and meets the availability, ability to work, and actively seeking work requirements of Iowa Code chapter 96.
b. The individual is not disqualified due to any separation, availability, suitable work, administrative penalty, or other disqualification.
c. The individual is not eligible for regular benefits in Iowa or another state, any federal benefits or unemployment benefits from Canada.
d. The individual exhausted benefits or the individual’s claim expired after March 11, 2001.
e. The individual has filed an Iowa unemployment benefit initial or additional claim or a temporary extended unemployment compensation initial claim after March 10, 2001.
f. The individual has one and one–half times the high quarter wages. An individual is required to have been paid wages for insured work during the individual’s base period in an amount at least one and one–half times the wages paid to the individual during that quarter of the individual’s base period in which the individual’s wages were highest.
24.50(3) The weekly benefit amount for temporary extended unemployment compensation is the amount established on the parent regular unemployment benefit claim. Benefits are payable beginning March 10, 2002, and the last compensable week is the week ending December 28, 2002.
24.50(4) The individual is eligible for 50 percent of the individual’s entitlement for regular unemployment insurance without taking into consideration additional benefits for business closing, and the maximum for temporary extended unemployment compensation is 13 weeks.
24.50(5) The order of payment on a claim shall be regular Iowa unemployment insurance benefits, then any temporary extended unemployment benefits and then any additional benefits due to the business closing provision or Trade Readjustment Act.
24.50(6) Overpayments will be offset up to and including 50 percent of the temporary extended unemployment compensation benefit payment.
24.50(7) Waiver of overpayments.
a. Individuals who have received amounts of temporary extended unemployment compensation to which they were not entitled shall be required to repay the amounts of such temporary extended unemployment compensation except that the state repayment may be waived if the workforce development department determines that:
(1) The payment of such temporary extended unemployment compensation was without fault on the part of the individual; and
(2) Such repayment would be contrary to equity and good conscience.
b. In determining whether fault exists, the following factors shall be considered:
(1) Whether a material statement or representation was made by the individual in connection with the application for temporary extended unemployment compensation that resulted in the overpayment and whether the individual knew or should have known that the statement or representation was inaccurate.
(2) Whether the individual failed or caused another to fail to disclose a material fact in connection with an application for temporary extended unemployment compensation that resulted in the overpayment and whether the individual knew or should have known that the fact was material.
(3) Whether the individual knew or could have been expected to know that the individual was not entitled to the temporary extended unemployment compensation payment.
(4) Whether, for any other reason, the overpayment resulted directly or indirectly, and partially or totally, from any act or omission of the individual or of which the individual had knowledge and which was erroneous or inaccurate or otherwise wrong.
c. In determining whether equity and good conscience exist, the following factors shall be considered:
(1) Whether the overpayment was the result of a decision on appeal;
(2) Whether the state agency had given notice to the individual that the individual may be required to repay the overpayment in the event of a reversal of the eligibility determination on appeal; and
(3) Whether recovery of the overpayment will cause financial hardship to the individual.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 96.11 and 96.29.

[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.



FILED
ARC 1581B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the Accountancy Examining Board hereby rescinds Chapters 1 to 19 and adopts new Chapter 1, “Definitions”; Chapter 2, “Organization and Administration”; Chapter 3, “Certification of CPAs”; Chapter 4, “Licensure of LPAs”; Chapter 5, “Registration and Renewal of Certificates and Licenses”; Chapter 6, “Attest Services”; Chapter 7, “Registration and Renewal of Certified Public Accounting Firms”; Chapter 8, “Licensed Public Accounting Firms”; Chapter 9, “Substantial Equivalency”; Chapter 10, “Continuing Education”; Chapter 11, “Peer Review”; Chapter 12, “Fees’’; Chapter 13, “Rules of Professional Conduct”; Chapter 14, “Disciplinary Authority and Grounds for Discipline”; Chapter 15, “Disciplinary Investigations”; Chapter 16, “Disciplinary Proceedings”; Chapter 17, “Enforcement Proceedings Against Nonlicensees”; Chapter 18, “Licensees’ Duty to Report”; and Chapter 19, “Transitional Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1408B.
A public hearing was held on March 26, 2002, and comments were received from members of the Iowa Society of Certified Public Accountants.
The concerns expressed by the Society relate to the Board’s decision not to adopt a rule exempting certain persons holding certificates from continuing education. The Board’s choice is expressly allowed by law.
The Board has worked cooperatively with the Iowa Society of Certified Public Accountants, the Iowa Society of Accounting Practitioners and the Accountants Association of Iowa during the drafting of these rules. Prior to the formal rule–making process, the Board shared drafts of the rules with these organizations. The Iowa Society of Certified Public Accountants provided 63 comments on the rules. All comments received from all sources were successfully resolved, except one.
The major issue relating to the use of the CPA designation without a continuing education requirement centers around the definition of the “practice of public accounting.” The Society believes that the “practice of public accounting” relates only to a person or persons working in an accounting firm providing services to clients. It is the Board’s position that the practice of public accounting relates to discharging responsibilities to clients, employers, the business community, governmental bodies and the general public. As the Board’s purpose for existence is to protect the public interest, the Board feels that the public is better served by CPAs and LPAs who continue to upgrade and improve their skills regardless of who their clients or employers may be.
During the period of public comment it became apparent to the Board that there is not a clear understanding of the definition of the “practice of public accounting” even among those who hold a CPA certificate. Examples of comments received include individuals who offer financial and managerial advice to clients as “business consultants” while using the title “CPA,” but do not consider providing such service to be the practice of accounting. These individuals do not think that they should be required to acquire continuing education to maintain competency.
As a result of this confusion and the differing opinions, the Board decided to make no changes with regard to continuing education. Attempting to hastily add a provision on “inactive status” when the Board adopts the rules would only add to the existing confusion and could be harmful to the public.
The most immediate concern expressed in the comments received from the Society related to the current requirement that a CPA or LPA who fails to renew a certificate or license because the CPA or LPA does not meet the continuing education requirements might be required to surrender possession of the lapsed certificate or license. Since the Board traditionally has not required a lapsed certificate or license to be returned, the Board addressed this issue by amending rule 193A—5.6(79GA,ch55) by adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph:
“However, a person shall be entitled to retain possession of a lapsed certificate or license which has not been revoked, suspended or voluntarily surrendered in a disciplinary action as long as the person complies with all provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55, sections 10 and 13. A lapsed certificate or license may be reinstated to effective status at any time pursuant to 193A—subrule 5.2(2).”
Additional changes made to this Notice as a result of comments received from the Iowa Society of CPAs are as follows:
1. Rule 193A—1.1(79GA,ch55) was changed by adding the word “corporation” to the definitions of “firm” and “licensed public accounting firm” as follows:
“‘Firm’ means a sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, professional corporation, professional limited liability company, limited liability partnership or any other form of organization issued a permit to practice as a firm under 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55, section 7 or 8, or the office of the auditor of state, state of Iowa, when the auditor of state is a certified public accountant.
“‘Licensed public accounting firm’ means sole proprietorship, corporation, professional corporation, partnership, professional limited liability company, limited liability partnership or any other form of organization issued a permit to practice as a firm of licensed public accountants under 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55, section 8.”
2. The title of Chapter 3 was changed to “Certification of CPAs.”
3. The title of Chapter 4 was changed to “Licensure of LPAs.”
4. In 193A—subrule 5.4(3), the word “certificate” was changed to “certification.” The subrule now reads as follows:
5.4(3) A licensee who performs compilation services for the public other than through a certified public accounting or licensed public accounting firm shall submit a certification of completion of a peer review conducted in accordance with 193A—Chapter 11 no less often than once every three years.”
5. 193A—subrule 7.1(8) was changed by adding the word “active.” The subrule now reads as follows:
7.1(8) The application shall affirm that all nonlicensee owners are active participants in the firm or an affiliated entity.”
6. 193A—subrule 10.6(3), paragraph “c,” now reads as follows:
“c. Distance learning programs or group study webcast programs.”
7. Comments were received from the Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards, Inc., regarding its trademark and requesting “Certified Financial Planner/CFP” be listed exactly as registered in order to protect the trademark. 193A—subrule 10.6(9), the first sentence, now reads as follows:
10.6(9) Credit may be allowed for the successful completion of examinations for Certified ManagementAccountant/CMA, Certified Information Systems Auditor/CISA, Certified Financial Planner/CFP, Enrolled Agent/EA, as well as other similar examinations approved by the board.”
The Board voted to adopt these rules with the outlined changes by conference call on April 10, 2002. The meeting was held by conference call in lieu of an on–site meeting due to severe budget constraints and for the convenience of the practicing CPAs and LPAs who are extremely busy at this time of year.
These rules are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55, which becomes effective July 1, 2002.
These rules shall become effective July 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [Chs 1 to 19] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1408B, IAB 3/6/02.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.]
ARC 1561B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1)“a” and 217.6, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 1, “Departmental Organization and Procedures,” and Chapter 3, “Department Procedures for Rule Making,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments describe the new field operations service delivery structure and revise the locations for oral proceedings regarding proposed rules directly affecting indigent clients to correspond to the new structure.
Executive Order Number 24 mandated an across–the–board cut of 4.3 percent in state funding for all appropriations. If the Department were to accomplish the necessary reductions under the existing structure, there would be a significant reduction to line staff. This new structure enables the Department to minimize the impact on line staff by reducing and streamlining the supervisory and support structure. Under the new structure:
The five regional offices and the 38 county clusters are replaced by eight service areas. The positions of the regional administrators and the human services area administrators are eliminated. A service area manager, who reports directly to the deputy director for field operations, heads each service area. The service area manager has a core management team consisting of a social work supervisor, an income maintenance supervisor, a community liaison, a personnel and business management specialist, a quality assurance consultant, and a secretary.
The service area staff are located in local offices within the service delivery area in the following locations: Ames, Cedar Rapids, Council Bluffs, Davenport, Des Moines, Dubuque, Waterloo, and Sioux City. The primary reason for selecting these locations is that they have a larger concentration of staff. The service area staff are expected to travel frequently to all of the offices in the service area to maintain strong contact with staff and community partners.
The Department has consulted with county boards of supervisors about service area boundaries and ways of ensuring client access to services. The configuration of the service areas is a means by which the Department organizes and manages its staff and resources across the entire state. The boundaries of the service areas also enable the Department to define who will be responsible for relationships with county boards, decategorization boards, empowerment boards and other groups. A map follows.

The Department reviewed many service area configurations, including historical Department areas, other state agency areas, judicial boundaries and current county partnerships. Because common service areas do not exist, it is particularly difficult to determine that any single other boundary is relevant for the state’s human service delivery system. The Department coordinates and interfaces with many other systems, such as education, judiciary, workforce development, area agencies on aging, correctional, and mental health. The Department also took into account commerce patterns, historical county relationships, population, and the Department’s resources. The service area boundaries maintain the majority of the Department’s previous county cluster boundaries.
An additional 31 local offices are projected to become less than full–time offices. Given the increasingly high demands and reduced resources, the Department is no longer able to maintain full–time offices in counties with less than five income maintenance and social work staff. The Department is consulting with county boards of supervisors and other community partners to determine the best way to transition these offices to less than full–time offices and ensure client access to the Department’s services.
Under this structure, clients may go to the location where the staff are based, or the income maintenance and service staff will travel to the less than full–time office. The amount of travel depends upon the alternative strategies to ensure client accessibility and the number of days a week that the Department needs to be face to face with clients in the less than full–time offices.
Wherever the term “district office” or “regional office” appears in the Department’s rules, the term “service area” shall now apply. Wherever the term “regional administrator,” “district administrator,” “human services area administrator,” or “area administrator” appears, the term “service area manager or designee” shall now apply.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the amendments do allow for flexibility in establishing the service areas and hours of operation of the less than full–time offices.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the December 12, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1155B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comment on that submission was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on December 12, 2001, as ARC 1156B. No comments were received. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“a” and Iowa Code Supplement section 217.42.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on April 10, 2002.
These amendments will become effective July 1, 2002, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind rule 441—1.4(17A) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
441—1.4(17A) Field operations structure.
1.4(1) Delivery system. The department’s community service delivery system is based on service areas with offices in each county that are strategically located for purposes of client accessibility. Each service area is headed by a service area manager who is responsible for the following within the service area: effective management of the delivery of social services within the area, management of the department offices, directing all personnel, implementation of departmental policies and procedures, support for the development of social service resources within the community, and resolution of service delivery complaints. The services delivered in a service area include income maintenance and social service programs, child protection and other specialized services.
1.4(2) Local offices. There shall be at least one local office in each county. These local offices may be full–time or less than full–time. Full–time offices will provide income maintenance and social service program delivery and will serve as a base for the less than full–time office staff. Additional services offered in local offices may include child protection and other specialized services. Less than full–time offices will be operated on a reduced number of days per week based on county need and will provide income maintenance and social services.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“a.”
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 3.5(2), second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Oral proceedings scheduled by the department regarding rules directly affecting indigent clients shall be held in each of the five regions service areas defined in rule 441— 1.4(17A) and in the Mason City, Davenport, and Ottumwa area offices.

[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1562B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 239B.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 41, “Granting Assistance,” and Chapter 93, “PROMISE JOBS Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate the PROMISE JOBS exemption for disabled people who do not receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits and require application for SSI and social security disability benefits as a condition of Family Investment Program (FIP) eligibility when a person in the FIP–eligible group or a parent living in the home of a child in the eligible group claims a disability or otherwise appears eligible for these benefits.
Currently, disabled FIP recipients and disabled parents living in the home of a child on FIP are exempt from participation in a Family Investment Agreement (FIA) and from participation in employment and training activities through the PROMISE JOBS program. To be exempt, the person must be disabled according to the federal Americans with Disabilities Act and to the extent that the person is unable to participate in the program. People receiving SSI or social security benefits due to disability or blindness are considered disabled to this extent. FIP participants who are disabled to this extent may volunteer for PROMISE JOBS services.
With these changes, the Department will refer disabled FIP recipients and disabled parents living in the home of a child on FIP to PROMISE JOBS for employment and training opportunities to help the family become self–supporting. Disabled PROMISE JOBS participants will be required to sign an FIA and to carry out the activities of the agreement to continue receiving FIP assistance. These people will have access to the same supportive PROMISE JOBS services as a FIP participant with no disability.
Lawsuits have been filed against several states alleging failure to make accommodations in their Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) programs for people with learning disabilities. The Office of Civil Rights has provided federal guidance on the issue to state TANF administrators. The Department is adopting these amendments to FIP (Iowa’s TANF cash assistance program) based on this federal guidance and out of concern that the current exemption does not meet the intent of federal law. The Department believes that exempting people with disabilities from employment and training opportunities is in conflict with other Iowa efforts to support the employment of these people.
Under current rules, every person in the FIP–eligible group must apply for and accept other income benefits for which that person may be qualified. The needs of any person who refuses to cooperate in applying for or accepting benefits from other sources are removed from the eligible group. This cooperation includes application for social security benefits. While these rules do not specifically exclude application for SSI benefits, current policy excludes application for SSI from this requirement.
These changes will require people in the FIP–eligible group and parents living in the home of a child in the eligible group who claim a disability that will last more than 12 months, or who otherwise appear eligible, to apply for all disability benefits available through the Social Security Administration, including SSI, as a means of assisting the participant’s family to overcome its barriers through increased financial support. When the person refuses to cooperate in applying for or accepting these benefits, the entire family is not eligible for FIP.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the eligibility requirements because individuals may request a waiver of the eligibility requirements under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1076B. (Amendments to shorten the limited benefit plan resolution process were Adopted and Filed and published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1337B on February 6, 2002.) Public hearings were held on December 5 and 6, 2001. Four people attended the public hearings and written comments were received from two people. As a result of these comments, the Department has made the following changes to the Notice of Intended Action:
Language is added to subrule 41.24(7) to specify that only people with a disability that results in a substantial employment limitation will be referred to the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation Services.
Language requiring appeal of a denial of social security or SSI benefits is removed from subrule 41.27(1), paragraph “g,” and this paragraph is revised to further define the conditions related to age, blindness, or disability that will require application for social security or SSI benefits as a condition of FIP eligibility. The dates for imposing this requirement are adjusted to reflect the effective date of these amendments.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on April 10, 2002.
These amendments shall become effective on July 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 239B.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—41.24(239B) as follows:
Amend subrule 41.24(2) by rescinding paragraph “d” and adopting the following new paragraph “d” in lieu thereof:
d. A person found eligible for supplemental security income (SSI) benefits based on disability or blindness. The exemption based on disability is amended effective April 1, 2002. A person exempt from PROMISE JOBS partici–pation before July 1, 2002, due to a disability according tothe Americans with Disabilities Act and determined un–able to participate in PROMISE JOBS shall be referred to PROMISE JOBS, unless eligible for SSI benefits due to disability or blindness. The referral shall occur at the time of the next semiannual or annual review or exempt status redetermination as described at subrule 41.24(5), but no later than June 30, 2003.
Amend subrule 41.24(7) as follows:
41.24(7) Referral to vocational rehabilitation. The department shall make the department of education, division of vocational rehabilitation services, aware of any person determined exempt from referral to PROMISE JOBS because of who is referred to PROMISE JOBS and who has a medically determined physical or mental impairment disability and a substantial employment limitation resulting from the disability. However, acceptance of vocational rehabilitation services by the client is optional.
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.24(8), paragraph “f,” subparagraph (1).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 41.27(1), paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Every person in the eligible group and any parent living in the home of a child in the eligible group shall take all steps necessary to apply for benefits and, if entitled, accept any financial benefit for which that person may be qualified and accept those benefits, even though the benefit may be reduced because of the laws governing a particular benefit. The needs of any individual who refuses to cooperate in applying for or accepting benefits from other sources shall be removed from the eligible group. The individual is eligible for the 50 percent work incentive deduction in paragraph 41.27(2)“c.” When the person claims a physical or mental disability that is expected to last continuously for 12 months from the time of the claim or to result in death and the person is unable to engage in substantial activity due to the disability, or the person otherwise appears eligible, as the person is aged 65 or older or is blind, the person shall apply for social security benefits and supplemental security income benefits.
(1) Except as described in the next subparagraph, the needs of any person who refuses to take all steps necessary to apply for and, if eligible, to accept other financial benefits shall be removed from the eligible group. The person is eligible for the 50 percent work incentive deduction in paragraph 41.27(2)“c.”
(2) The entire assistance unit is ineligible for FIP when a person refuses to apply for or, if entitled, to accept social security or supplemental security income. For applicants, this subparagraph applies to those who apply on or after July 1, 2002. For FIP recipients, this subparagraph applies at the time of the next six–month or annual review as described at 441—subrule 40.27(1) or when the recipient reports a change that may qualify a person in the eligible group or a parent living in the home for these benefits, whichever occurs earlier.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—41.28(239B) as follows:
Amend subrule 41.28(1), introductory paragraph, as follows:
41.28(1) Definition of the eligible group. The eligible group consists of all eligible persons people specified below and living together, except when one or more of these persons people have elected to receive supplemental security income under Title XVI of the Social Security Act. There shall be at least one child in the eligible group except when the only eligible child is receiving supplemental security income. The unborn child is not considered a member of the eligible group for purposes of establishing the number of persons people in the eligible group.
Amend subrule 41.28(1), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (3), numbered paragraph “2,” as follows:
2. The determination of incapacity shall be supported by medical or psychological evidence. The evidence may be submitted in the same manner specified in paragraph 41.24(2)“d.” obtained from either an independent physician or psychologist or the state rehabilitation agency. The evidence may be submitted either by letter from the physician or on Form 470–0447, Report on Incapacity. When an examination is required and other resources are not available to meet the expense of the examination, the physician shall be authorized to make the examination and submit the claim for payment on Form 470–0502, Authorization for Examination and Claim for Payment. A finding of eligibility for social security benefits or supplemental security income benefits based on disability or blindness is acceptable proof of incapacity.
Amend subrule 41.28(2), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) When a person who would ordinarily be in the eligible group has elected to receive is receiving supplemental security income benefits, the person, income, and resources, shall not be considered in determining family investment program benefits for the rest of the family.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 93.110(6), paragraph “e,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1) as follows:
(1) Medical evidence of disability or incapacity may shall be obtained from either an independent physician or psychologist or the state rehabilitation agency. in the same manner specified in 441—paragraph 41.24(2)“d.”
Adopt the following new subparagraph (3):
(3) The evidence may be submitted either by letter from the physician or on Form 470–0447, Report on Incapacity. When an examination is required and other resources are not available to meet the expense of the examination, the physician shall be authorized to make the examination and submit claim for payment on Form 470–0502, Authorization for Examination and Claim for Payment. A finding of eligibility for social security benefits or supplemental security income benefits based on disability or blindness is acceptable proof of disability.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—93.134(239B) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—93.134(239B) Barriers to participation. Problems with participation of a permanent or long–term nature shall be considered barriers to participation and shall be identified in the FIA as issues to be resolved so that participation can result. These barriers may be identified during assessment and shall be part of the FIA from the beginning. When barriers are revealed by the participant during the FIA or are identified by problems which that develop after the FIA is signed, the FIA shall be renegotiated and amended to provide for removal of the barriers. An FIA–responsible persons person who choose chooses not to cooperate in removing identified barriers to participation shall be considered to have chosen the LBP limited benefit plan unless the following exception applies. When a person claims a physical or mental disability that is expected to last for more than 12 consecutive months but refuses to apply for social security benefits or supplemental security income, the FIP household is ineligible for FIP as described at 441—subrule 41.27(1) and the limited benefit plan does not apply.
Adopt the following new numbered paragraph “6”:
6. Physical or mental disability.

[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1563B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2245, limits Medicaid coverage for dental services for adults aged 21 and older to exclude crowns, posts, cores, periodontal treatment, endodontic treatment, and orthodontia. Adult Medicaid recipients in need of these services must identify alternative sources of funding or do without these services.
Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment requirements mandate dental services for children. Adult dental services are an optional Medicaid service. Eliminating all adult dental services would increase other Medicaid expenditures for more costly emergency care, infection, and pain control. Cost–effective dental preventive services are being maintained for adults. Reducing all dental fees for children and adults would worsen the serious access problem already existing due to the relationship between access and fees.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because of the underlying budget constraints. Needed savings would not be achieved if waivers were provided.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1426B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comment on that submission was published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1425B. No comments were received. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments April 10, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 234.6 and 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective July 1, 2002, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend the introductory paragraph of rule 441—78.4(249A) as follows:
441—78.4(249A) Dentists. Payment will be made for medical and surgical services furnished by a dentist to the extent these services may be performed under state law either by doctors of medicine, osteopathy, dental surgery or dental medicine and would be covered if furnished by doctors of medicine or osteopathy. Payment will also be made for the following dental procedures subject to the exclusions for services to adults 21 years of age and older set forth in subrule 78.4(14):
ITEM 2. Adopt the following new subrule 78.4(14):
78.4(14) Services to adults 21 years of age and older. Effective March 1, 2002, the following dental services are not covered for adults 21 years of age and older:
a. Crowns, posts, and cores.
b. Periodontal services.
c. Endodontic services.
d. Orthodontic procedures.

[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1564B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” and Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments make the following changes to Medicaid policy governing dental services. The changes:
Remove the requirement to submit with a claim documentation supporting the need for oral prophylaxis performed more than once in a six–month period. The dentist must maintain the documentation. It is more cost–effective to review documentation of necessity through the utilization review process than through review of every claim.
Allow an exception to the six–month limit for topical application of fluoride and for coverage for sealants for people with a physical or mental disability. Exceptions to policy for people with a physical or mental disability are routinely approved.
Remove the requirement to provide oral prophylaxis before applying fluoride.
Raise age limit for coverage for sealants for children from 15 years of age to 18 years of age. The clinical consensus is that there are frequently situations where first and second permanent molars do not develop until after age 15.
Remove the restriction on coverage for sealants to one application per tooth in a child’s lifetime. Exceptions to policy for children are routinely approved.
Allow a comprehensive oral evaluation once per patient per dentist every three years instead of once in a lifetime, when the dentist has not seen the patient for three years. The Dental Advisory Group and the dental consultant advised that a more extensive evaluation is medically necessary and cost–effective after a person’s extended absence from seeing the same dentist.
Allow for the payment of more than two laboratory–fabricated crowns using nonprecious materials other than stainless steel per 12–month period with prior authorization. Exceptions to policy have routinely been approved. The prior authorization process is a more efficient method of review for additional porcelain crowns.
Allow payment for noble metals such as gold when recipients are allergic to all other restorative materials.
Remove coverage for Class III restorations, as they are no longer performed.
Clarify billing for periodontal procedures in response to an appeal hearing.
Remove the 24–month limit on payment for periodontal scaling and root planing. It is cost–effective to approve this more frequently.
Remove the requirement to submit a treatment plan, periodontal probe chart, and radiographs for prior approval for pedicle soft tissue grafts and free soft tissue grafts. The Department’s dental consultant has advised that written narrative is sufficient to determine medical necessity for these procedures.
Allow the use of non–intravenous conscious sedation when indicated (particularly for children).
Clarify that resorption is not a criterion for replacement of dentures in less than five years. The Department of Inspections and Appeals requested this clarification.
Add a description of payable and nonpayable denture adjustments.
Replace the dollar limit on tooth guidance with the limitation “when extensive treatment is not required.”
Identify the definitions in the most recent edition of the Dentist’s Current Dental Terminology as the basis for the fee schedule for dentists.
Remove and revise outdated terminology and misspelled words identified during the rules review process.
Notice of Intended Action concerning these rules was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on January 9, 2002, as ARC 1228B. The Department received comments on these amendments from the University of Iowa College of Dentistry and the Medicaid Fraud Control Unit in the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals. The following changes have been made to the noticed amendments as a result of these comments:
Remove the requirement for oral prophylaxis before topical application of fluoride in subrule 78.4(1), paragraph “b.”
Add a requirement for documentation of the medical necessity of replacing pit and fissure sealants to subrule 78.4(1), paragraph “c.”
Add a limitation to subrule 78.4(2), paragraph “a,” to specify that a comprehensive evaluation is covered only when the patient has not seen that dentist for three years.
Combine paragraphs “b” and “c” under subrule 78.4(3) to clarify that the two–year limit for repeating restorations applies to all types of filling materials.
Add a provision to subrule 78.4(6), paragraph “i,” allowing the use of non–intravenous conscious sedation when indicated (particularly for children).
Add a description of payable and nonpayable denture adjustments to subrule 78.4(7), paragraph “k.”
Replace the dollar limit on tooth guidance in subrule 78.4(8), paragraph “c,” with the limitation “when extensive treatment is not required.”
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because they either confer benefits or merely clarify and update the rules. Individuals may request a waiver of requirements for payment for dental services under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441— 1.8(17A,217).
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on April 10, 2002.
These amendments shall become effective on July 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—78.4(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 78.4(1), paragraphs “a,” “b,” and “c,” as follows:
a. Oral prophylaxis, including necessary scaling and polishing, is payable only once in a six–month period except for persons who, because of physical or mental disability, need more frequent care. Documentation supporting the need for oral prophylaxis performed more than once in a six–month period must accompany the claim be maintained.
b. Topical application of fluoride is payable once in a six–month period and only when preceded by an oral prophylaxis except for people who need more frequent applications because of physical or mental disability. (This does not include the use of fluoride prophylaxis paste as fluoride treatment.)
c. Pit and fissure sealants are payable for placement on first and second permanent molars only. Reimbursement for sealants is restricted to work performed on children through 15 18 years of age for first and second permanent molars and on people who have a physical or mental disability that impairs their ability to maintain adequate oral hygiene. Payment will be approved for only one application per tooth in a child’s lifetime. Replacement sealants are covered when medically necessary, as documented in the patient record.
Amend subrule 78.4(2), paragraphs “a” and “h,” as follows:
a. An initial oral examination A comprehensive oral evaluation is payable once per patient per dentist in a three–year period when the patient has not seen that dentist during the three–year period.
h. Posteroanterior Posterior–anterior and lateral skull and facial bone radiograph, survey film.
Amend subrule 78.4(3) as follows:
Amend subrule 78.4(3), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Amalgam alloy, silicate, acrylic or and compositeresin–type filling materials are payable benefits of the program are reimbursable only once for the same restoration in a two–year period.
Rescind and reserve subrule 78.4(3), paragraph “c.”
Amend subrule 78.4(3), paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Two laboratory–fabricated crowns utilizing using nonprecious materials, other than stainless steel, are payable per patient in a 12–month period. Additional laboratory–fabricated crowns using nonprecious materials, other than stainless steel, are payable when prior authorization has been obtained. Two gold crowns are payable in a 12–month period when patients are allergic to all other restoration material. Noble metals are payable for crowns when recipients are allergic to all other restorative materials. Stainless steel crowns may be are payable when a more conservative procedure would not be serviceable. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“e”)
Amend paragraph “f” by rescinding and reserving subparagraph (4).
Amend subrule 78.4(4) as follows:
Amend paragraphs “a,” “b,” and “c” as follows:
a. Periodontal scaling performed in the presence of gingival inflammation (gross debridement) Full–mouth debridement to enable comprehensive periodontal evaluation and diagnosis is payable once every 24 months. This procedure is not payable on the same date of service when other prophylaxis or periodontal services are performed.
b. Periodontal scaling and root planing is payable once in a 24–month period and when prior approval has been received. A request for approval must be accompanied by a plan for treatment, a completed copy of a periodontic periodontal probe chart which that exhibits pocket depths, history and radiograph(s). Payment for periodontal scaling and root planing will be approved when interproximal and subgingival calculus is evident in X–rays or when justified and documented that curettage, scaling or root planing is required in addition to routine prophylaxis. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c a”(1))
c. Periodontal surgical procedures which include gingivoplasty, osseous surgery, and osseous allograft, pedicle soft tissue graft, and free soft tissue graft are payable services when prior approval has been received. A request for approval must be accompanied by a plan for treatment, a completed copy of a periodontal probe chart which that exhibits pocket depths, history and radiograph(s). Payment for these surgical procedures will be approved after periodontal scaling and root planing have has been provided, a reevaluation examination has been completed, and the patient has demonstrated reasonable oral hygiene, unless the patient is unable to demonstrate reasonable oral hygiene because of physical or mental disability or in cases which demonstrate gingival hyperplasia resulting from drug therapy. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c a”(2))
Reletter paragraphs “d” and “e” as “e” and “f,” respectively, and adopt the following new paragraph “d”:
d. Pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graft are payable services with prior approval based on a written narrative describing medical necessity. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c a”(3))
Amend relettered paragraph “e,” parenthetical cross–reference, as follows:
(Cross–reference 78.28(2)“a”(3 4))
Amend subrule 78.4(6), paragraph “i,” as follows:
i. General anesthesia, and intravenous sedation, and non–intravenous conscious sedation are payable services when the extensiveness of the procedure indicates it or there is a concomitant disease or impairment which warrants its use.
Amend subrule 78.4(7), paragraphs “a,” “b,” “c,” and “k,” as follows:
a. An immediate denture and a first–time complete denture including six months’ postdelivery care. An immediate denture and a first–time complete denture are payable when the denture is provided to establish masticatory function. An immediate denture or a first–time complete denture is payable only once following the removal of teeth it replaces. A complete denture is payable only once in a five–year period except when the denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of complete dentures due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable.
b. A removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth, including six months’ postdelivery care. A removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth is only payable only once in a five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable.
c. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth including six months’ postdelivery care when prior approval has been received. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth shall be approved when the recipient has fewer than eight posterior teeth in occlusion or the recipient has a full denture in one arch, and a partial denture replacing posterior teeth is required in the opposing arch to balance occlusion. When one removable partial denture brings eight posterior teeth in occlusion, no additional removable partial denture will be approved. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth is payable only once in a five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c”(1))
k. Adjustments to a complete or removable partial denture are payable when medically necessary after six months’ postdelivery care. An adjustment consists of removal of acrylic material or adjustment of teeth to eliminate a sore area or to make the denture fit better. Warming dentures and massaging them for better fit or placing them in a sonic device does not constitute an adjustment.
Amend subrule 78.4(8), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Tooth guidance for a limited number of teeth or interceptive orthodontics is a payable service when the total cost of treatment does not exceed $125 extensive treatment is not required. Pretreatment records are not required.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 78.28(2) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (2) as follows:
(2) Payment for pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graft will be approved when the written narrative describes medical necessity. Payment for other periodontal surgical procedures will be approved after periodontal scaling and root planing has been provided, a reevaluation examination has been completed, and the patient has demonstrated reasonable oral hygiene, unless the patient is unable to demonstrate reasonable oral hygiene because of physical or mental disability or in cases which demonstrate gingival hyperplasia resulting from drug therapy. (Cross–reference 78.4(4)“c”)
Renumber subparagraph (3) as subparagraph (4) and adopt the following new subparagraph (3):
(3) Payment for pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graft will be approved when the written narrative describes medical necessity. (Cross–reference 78.4(4)“d”)
Amend renumbered subparagraph (4), parenthetical cross–reference, as follows:
(Cross–reference 78.4(4)“d e”)
Amend paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth will be approved when the recipient has fewer than eight posterior teeth in occlusion or the recipient has a full denture in one arch, and a partial denture replacing posterior teeth is required in the opposing arch to balance occlusion. When one removable partial denture brings eight posterior teeth in occlusion, no additional removable partial denture will be approved. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth is payable only once in a five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure, and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable. (Cross–reference 78.4(7)“c”)
Adopt the following new paragraph “e”:
e. More than two laboratory–fabricated crowns will be approved in a 12–month period for anterior teeth that cannot be restored with a composite or amalgam restoration andfor posterior teeth that cannot be restored with a compositeor amalgam restoration or stainless steel crown. (Cross–reference 78.4(3)“d”)
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A) by adopting the following new subrule:
79.1(20) Dentists. The dental fee schedule is based on the definitions of dental and surgical procedures given in the Current Dental Terminology, Third Edition (CDT–3).

[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1565B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing reimbursement to inpatient and outpatient hospitals as follows:
The historical data and cost reporting time periods used for the rebasing of base and capital costs and the recalibration of diagnosis–related group (DRG) weights for inpatient hospital reimbursement and the rebasing of base costs and the recalibration of ambulatory patient group (APG) weights for outpatient hospital reimbursement are updated. Current rules require that the rebasing and recalibration project be completed every three years.
Unnecessary detail regarding the review of outliers by the professional review organization (PRO) is eliminated and replaced with a reference to the Department’s contract with the PRO.
The current requirements of the PRO in reviewing outlier cases are clarified.
The federal regulation citations are updated.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because the Department believes that the same data should be used for redetermining rates for all hospitals. Hospitals may request a waiver of any part of the reimbursement methodology under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 6, 2002, as ARC 1381B. The Department received comments on these amendments from the Iowa Hospital Association. As a result of these comments, revisions have been made to the Notice of Intended Action as follows:
Language specifying that inpatient and outpatient reimbursement for critical access hospitals is not subject to inflation factors, rebasing, and recalibration, and that data from those hospitals is excluded from DRG and APG calculations has been added to 441—subrule 79.1(1), paragraph “g”; 441—subrule 79.1(5), paragraphs “a,” “k,” “y,” and “aa”; and 441—subrule 79.1(16), paragraph “j.”
Language has been added to 441—subrule 79.1(5), paragraph “f,” and 441—subrule 79.1(16), paragraph “u,” specifying where the PRO contract is available for review.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on April 10, 2002.
These amendments shall become effective on July 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 79.1(1), paragraph “g,” by adopting the following new unnumbered paragraph:
Once a hospital begins receiving reimbursement as a critical access hospital, prospective DRG and APG paymentsare not subject to the inflation factors, rebasing, or recalibration as provided in 441—paragraph 79.1(5)“k” and 441— paragraph 79.1(16)“j.”
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 79.1(5) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” definitions of “base year cost report” and “blended base amount,” as follows:
“Base year cost report” shall mean the hospital’s cost report with fiscal year end on or after January 1, 1998 2001, and prior to before January 1, 1999 2002, except as noted in 79.1(5)“x.” Cost reports shall be reviewed using Medicare’s cost reporting and cost reimbursement principles for those cost reporting periods.
“Blended base amount” shall mean the case–mix adjusted, hospital–specific operating cost per discharge associated with treating Medicaid patients, plus the statewide average case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge, divided by two. This base amount is the value to which add–on payments for inflation, and capital costs, direct medical education costs, and costs associated with treating a disproportionate share of poor patients and indirect medical education are added to form a final payment rate. The costs of hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not be used in determining the statewide average case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. Calculation of Iowa–specific weights and case–mix index. Using all applicable claims for the period January 1, 1997 2000, through December 31, 1998 2001, and paid through March 31, 1999 2002, the recalibration will use all normal inlier claims, discard short stay outliers, discard transfers where the final payment is less than the full DRG payment, and including include transfers where the full payment is greater than or equal to the full DRG payment, and use only the estimated charge for the inlier portion of long stay outliers and cost outliers for weighting calculations. These are referred to as trimmed claims.
(1) Iowa–specific weights are calculated from Medicaid charge data on discharge dates occurring from January 1, 1997 2000, to December 31, 1998 2001, and paid through March 31, 1999 2002. One weight is determined for each DRG with noted exceptions. Weights are determined through the following calculations:
1. to 5. No change.
(2) The hospital–specific case–mix index is computed by taking each hospital’s trimmed claims that match the hospital’s 1998 2001 fiscal year and paid through March 31, 1999 2002, summing the assigned DRG weights associated with those claims and dividing by the total number of Medicaid claims associated with that specific hospital for that period.
Amend paragraph “f,” introductory paragraph, as follows and rescind the four unnumbered paragraphs:
f. Outlier payment policy. Additional payment is made for approved cases meeting or exceeding Medicaid criteria for day and cost outliers for each DRG. Effective for claims with dates of services ending July 1, 1993, and after, 100 percent of outlier costs will be paid to facilities at the time of claim reimbursement. The PRO will select a 10 percent random sample of outlier cases identified on fiscal agent claims data from all Iowa and bordering state hospitals shall perform retrospective outlier reviews in accordance with the terms in the contract between the department and the PRO. At least one case every six months per facility will be selected for review if available. The PRO contract is available for review at the Iowa Department of Human Services,Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa.
Amend paragraph “k” as follows:
k. Inflation factors, rebasing, and recalibration. Inflation of base payment amounts by the Data Resources, Inc. hospital market basket index shall be performed annually, subject to legislative appropriations. Base amounts shall be rebased and weights recalibrated every three years. The graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund shall be updated as provided in subparagraphs 79.1(5)“y”(3), (6), and (9). Hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not receive inflation of base payment amounts and shall not have base amounts rebased or weights recalibrated pursuant to this paragraph.
Amend paragraph “t,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
t. Limitations and application of limitations on payment. Diagnosis related group payments are subject to the upper payment limits as stated in 42 CFR 447.271 and 42 CFR 447.272 as amended to September 26, 1991 September 5, 2001.
Amend paragraph “y,” subparagraph (7), by adopting the following new unnumbered paragraph:
Hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund.
Amend paragraph “aa” by adopting the following new unnumbered paragraph:
Once a hospital begins receiving reimbursement as a critical access hospital, prospective DRG and APG payments are not subject to inflation factors, rebasing, or recalibration as provided in paragraph 79.1(5)“k.”
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 79.1(16) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” definitions of “base year cost report” and “blended base amount,” as follows:
“Base year cost report” shall mean the hospital’s cost report with fiscal year end on or after January 1, 1998 2001, and prior to before January 1, 1999 2002, except as noted in paragraph “s.” Cost reports shall be reviewed using Medicare’s cost reporting and cost reimbursement principles for those cost reporting periods.
“Blended base amount” shall mean the case–mix adjusted, hospital–specific operating cost per visit associated with treating Medicaid outpatients, plus the statewide average case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid visit, divided by two. This basic amount is the value to which add–on payments and inflation are is added to form a final payment rate. The costs of hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not be used in determining the statewide average case–mix–adjusted operating cost per Medi–caid visit.
Amend paragraph “d,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
d. Calculation of Iowa–specific relative weights and case–mix index. Using all applicable claims with dates of service occurring in the period January 1, 1997 2000, through December 31, 1998 2001, and paid through March 31, 1999 2002, relative weights are calculated using all valid singleton claims, which are trimmed at high and low trim points, as discussed in paragraph “c.” Using all applicable claims with dates of service occurring within the individual hospital’s 1998 2001 fiscal year and paid through March 31, 1999 2002, the hospital–specific case–mix indices are calculated using all valid singleton claims, which are trimmed at the high and low trim points, as discussed in paragraph “c.”
Amend paragraph “i,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
i. Services covered by APG payments. Medicaid adopts the Medicare definition of outpatient hospital services at 42 CFR 414.32, as amended to September 15, 1992 May 12, 1999, which will be covered by the APG–based prospective payment system, except as indicated herein. As a result, combined billing for physician services is eliminated unless the hospital has approval from the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) to combine bills. Teaching hospitals having HCFA’s CMS’s approval to receive reasonable cost reimbursement for physician services under 42 CFR 415.58, as amended to November 25, 1991 415.55, as amended to December 8, 1995, are eligible for combined billing status if they have filed the approval notice with the Medicaid fiscal agent. Reasonable cost settlement for teaching physicians for those costs not included in the APG cost–finding process will be made during the year–end settlement process. Services provided by certified registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs) employed by a physician are covered by physician reimbursement. Payment for the services of CRNAs employed by the hospital are included in the hospital’s reimbursement.
Amend paragraph “j,” second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Inflation of base payment amounts by the Data Resources, Inc. hospital market basket index shall be performed annually, subject to legislative appropriations. Base amounts shall be rebased and APG weights recalibrated every three years. Cost reports used will be hospital fiscal year–end reports within the calendar year ending no later than December 31, 1998 2001. Case–mix indices shall be calculated using valid claims most nearly matching each hospital’s fiscal year end. The graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund shall be updated as provided in subparagraph 79.1(16)“v”(3). Hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not receive inflation of base payment amounts and shall not have base amounts rebased or weights recalibrated pursuant to this paragraph.
Amend paragraph “p” as follows:
p. Cost report adjustments. Hospitals with 1998 2001 cost reports adjusted by Medicare through the cost settlement process for cost reports applicable to the APG base year may appeal to the department the hospital–specific base cost used in calculating the Medicaid APG rates if the Medicare adjustment results in a material change to the rate. Any appeal of the APG rate due to Medicare’s adjustment process must be made in writing to the department within 30 days of Medicare’s finalization and notification to the provider. If the provider does not notify the department of the adjusted amounts within the 30–day period, no costs shall be reconsidered for adjustment by Iowa Medicaid. Claims adjustment reflecting the changed rates shall only be made to claims that have been processed within one year prior to the notification from the provider or the beginning of the rebasing period, whichever is less.
Amend paragraph “t” as follows:
t. Limitations on payments. Ambulatory patient groups, as well as other outpatient services, are subject to upper limits rules set forth in Sections 42 CFR 447.321, as amended to September 5, 2001, and 447.325, as amended to July 28, 1987 January 26, 1993. Requirements under these sections state that, in general, Medicaid may not make payments to providers that would exceed the amount that would be payable to providers under comparable circumstances under Medicare. In aggregate, the total Medicaid payments may not exceed the total payments received by all providers from recipients, carriers or intermediaries for providing comparable services under comparable circumstances under Medicare.
Amend paragraph “u,” introductory paragraph, as follows and rescind the two unnumbered paragraphs:
u. PRO review. For outpatient claims with dates of service ending July 1, 1994, and after, the PRO will review a yearly random sample of at least 500 hospital outpatient service cases performed for Medicaid recipients and identified on fiscal agent claims data from all Iowa and bordering state hospitals in accordance with the terms in the contract between the department and the PRO. The PRO will perform review activities on all APG categories for concerns relating to admission review, quality review, and APG validation. Questionable cases will be referred to a physician reviewer for concerns relating to medical necessity and quality of care. The PRO will also conduct a retrospective review of hospital claims assessing observation bed status lasting more than 24 hours. The review will consist of an evaluation for the appropriateness of the admission and continued stay in the observation bed status. Questionable cases will be referred to a physician reviewer for determination of the medical necessity. The PRO contract is available for review at the Iowa Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa.

[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1587B
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1)“b” and 16.5(17), the Iowa Finance Authority hereby amends Chapter 15, “Housing Assistance Fund (HAF),” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of this amendment is to delete, in its entirety, the definition of “hard–to–house populations” found in Chapter 15. This definition, although contained in Chapter 15, has no practical effect, as there is no reference to this defined term in Chapter 15. Thus, deletion of this defined term will not affect the programs and operation of Chapter 15.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the February 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1371B. No public comment was received on this amendment. The adopted amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Authority adopted this amendment on April 3, 2002.
This amendment will become effective on June 5, 2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 15.283 to 15.287, 16.4(3), 16.5, 16.10, 16.40, 16.100, 17A.12 and 17A.16.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend rule 265—15.6(16) by rescinding the definition of “hard–to–house populations.”

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1573B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 8, “Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the amendment to Chapter 8 during a telephone conference call on April 10, 2002.
Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1449B. This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
The amendment eliminates the fee for the Special Purpose Examination (SPEX) since it is no longer administered directly by the Board.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.80.
This amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend rule 653—8.3(147,148,272C) as follows:
653—8.3(147,148,272C) Examination fees for physicians.
8.3(1) Fee to take USMLE Step 3. The fee for taking the United States Medical Licensing Examination Step 3 administered by the board’s designated testing service is the fee established by the Federation of State Medical Boards plus $50. See 653—subrule 9.4(2) for information about the examination.
8.3(2) Fee to take SPEX. The fee for taking the Special Purpose Examination administered by the board is $350.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1576B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure,” and Chapter 10, “Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the amendments to Chapters 9 and 10 during a telephone conference call on April 10, 2002.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1452B. The amendments vary from the Notice in that the requirement restricting a special licensee to no more than five one–year licenses was eliminated.
These amendments assist those with special licensure in qualifying for permanent licensure by allowing credit for postgraduate training for the years spent practicing under a special license.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 148.3 and 148.11.
These amendments will become effective June 5, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph 9.3(1)“d” by adopting new subparagraph (4) as follows:
(4) The board shall accept each 12 months of practice as a special licensee as equivalent to one year of postgraduate training in a hospital–affiliated program approved by the board.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 10.4(1) by adopting new paragraph “i” as follows:
i. The board shall accept each 12 months of practice as a special licensee as equivalent to one year of postgraduate training in a hospital–affiliated program approved by the board for the purposes of permanent licensure.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1579B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 11, “Continuing Education and Mandatory Training for Identifying and Reporting Abuse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the amendment to Chapter 11 during a telephone conference call held on April 10, 2002.
Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1441B. The amendment differs from the Notice in that the term “general practice physician” is used in lieu of “general practitioner” and the term “primary” is added to show that only primary care physicians are obligated to take the mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse. These changes are based on public comment.
The amendment defines which physicians must take the mandatory training on identifying and reporting child and adult abuse.
The amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272C.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend paragraph 11.4(1)“c” as follows:
c. Mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse for permanent or special license renewal. The licensee shall complete the training as part of a category 1 activity or an approved training program. The licensee may utilize category 1 activity credit received for this training during the license period in which the training occurred to meet continuing education requirements in paragraph 11.4(1)“a.”
(1) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to children shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of two hours of training in child abuse identification and reporting in the previous five years. “A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to children” means all emergency physicians, family practitioners, general practice physicians, pediatricians, and psychiatrists, and any other physician who regularly provides primary care to children.
(2) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to adults shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of two hours of training in dependent adult abuse identification and reporting in the previous five years. “A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to adults” means all emergency physicians, family practitioners, general practice physicians, internists, obstetricians, gynecologists, and psychiatrists, and any other physician who regularly provides primary care to adults.
(3) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to adults and children shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of training on the identification and reporting of abuse in dependent adults and children. This training may be completed through separate courses as identified in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above or in one combined two–hour course that includes curricula for identifying and reporting child abuse and dependent adult abuse. “A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to children and adults” means all emergency physicians, family practitioners, general practice physicians, internists, and psychiatrists, and any other physician who regularly provides primary care to children and adults.
(4) A licensee shall maintain a file containing records documenting mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse, including dates, subjects, duration of programs, and proof of participation, for five years after the date of the training. The board may audit this information at any time within the five–year period.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1586B
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 17, “Public Records and Fair Information Practices”; Chapter 21, “Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System”; Chapter 31, “Department Procedure for Rule Making”; and Chapter 33, “Uniform Rules for Waivers,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments correct IPERS’ contact address, the title of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the fee IPERS may charge for processing withheld funds; include patient advocates under Iowa Code section 229.19 as employees for counties and clarify that those counties are responsible for patient advocates’ wage adjustments; allow public school contract employees who retire after completing their contract obligations to receive trailing wages for the remainder of a school year without interfering with their first month of entitlement (FME); further define types of dividends that may be paid to alternate payees and how information regarding successor alternate payees shall be provided to IPERS; and create a procedure for dealing with replacement of error–prone benefits payments.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1409B. In addition, these amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1410B. A public hearing was held on March 26, 2002, at 9 a.m. in the IPERS Building, 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa. No parties attended the public hearing.
Two telephone comments were received on the proposed amendment to subrule 21.18(2). Internal comments and questions pertaining to this subrule were received from IPERS staff. Changes were made to 581—21.18(2) as a result of the comments received in order to clarify the scope of the intended change. No substantive changes were made to the intended scope and purpose of the amendment.
Rule 581—21.34(97B) has been modified in accordance with ARC 1583B published herein.
Rule 581—21.34(97B) is subject to requests for waivers. No other amendments are subject to requests for waivers.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 97B.
These amendments will become effective June 5, 2002, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 17.3(1) as follows:
17.3(1) Location of records. A request for access to a record under the jurisdiction of the department shall be directed to the office where the record is kept. Requests for access to records pertaining to the Iowa public employees’ retirement system (IPERS) shall be directed to the IPERS Division at 600 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0154 7401 Register Drive, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306– 9117. If the location of the record is not known by the requester, the request shall be directed to the Iowa Department of Personnel, East 14th Street at Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0150. The department will forward the request appropriately. If a request for access to a record is misdirected, department personnel will forward the request to the appropriate person within the department.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 581—21.3(97B) by adopting the following new subrule:
21.3(6) For patient advocates employed under Iowa Code section 229.19, the county or counties for whom services are performed shall be treated as the covered employer(s) of such individuals, and each such employer is responsible for withholding and forwarding the applicable IPERS contributions on wages paid by each employer.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph 21.5(1)“a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. A person is in employment as defined by Iowa Code chapter 97B if the person and the covered employer enter into a relationship which both recognize to be that of employer/employee. A person is not in employment if the person volunteers services to a covered employer for which the person receives no remuneration. An employee is an individual who is subject to control by the agency for whom the individual performs services for wages. The term control refers only to employment and includes control over the way the employee works, where the employee works and the hours the employee works. The control need not be actually exercised for an employer/employee relationship to exist; the right to exercise control is sufficient. A public official may be an “employee” as defined in the agreement between the state of Iowa and the Secretary of Health, Education and Welfare and Human Services, without the element of direction and control.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 21.18(2) as follows:
21.18(2) Effective January 1, 1993, the first month of entitlement of an employee who qualifies for retirement benefits shall be the first month after the employee is paid the last paycheck, if paid more than one calendar month after termination. If the final paycheck is paid within the month after termination, the first month of entitlement shall be the month following termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, effective January 1, 2001, employees of a school corporation permitted by the terms of their employment contracts to receive their annual salaries in monthly installments over periods ranging from 9 to 12 months may retire at the end of a school year and receive trailing wages through the end of the contract year if they have completely fulfilled their contract obligations at the time of retirement. For purposes of this subrule, “trailing wages” means previously earned wage payments made to such employees of a school corporation after the first month of entitlement. Such trailing wage payments shall not result in more than one quarter of service credit being added to retiring members’ earnings records. For purposes of this subrule, “school corporation” means body politic described in Iowa Code sections 260C.16 (community colleges), 273.2 (area education agencies) and 273.1 (K–12 public schools). This exception does not apply to hourly employees, including those who make arrangements with their employers to hold back hourly wages for payment at a later date, to employees who are placed on sick or disability leave or leave of absence, or to employees who receive lump sum leave, vacation leave, early retirement incentive pay or any other lump sum payments in installments.
ITEM 5. Amend paragraph 21.24(14)“a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. Current and former patient advocates employed under Iowa Code section 229.19 shall be eligible for a wage adjustment under Iowa Code section 97B.9(4) for the four quarters preceding the date that the patient advocate began IPERS coverage, or effective July 1, 2000, whichever is earlier. Counties shall be the covered employers responsible for contributing the employer share of such wage adjustment. Additional service credit for employment as a patient advocate may be purchased as follows:
ITEM 6. Amend rule 581—21.26(97B), fifth unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Funds withheld or garnished are taxable to the member. IPERS will may assess a fee of $2 per payment in accordance with Iowa Code section 252D.18(1)“b.” 252D.18A(2). The fee will be deducted from the gross amount, less federal and state income tax, before a distribution is divided.
ITEM 7. Amend subparagraphs 21.29(2)“c”(2), intro–ductory paragraph, and 21.29(2)“c”(4) as follows:
(2) Specify that the alternate payee shall be entitled to a fixed dollar amount or percentage of dividend payments, or cost–of–living increase or any other post–retirement benefit increase to the member (all known as dividend payments), as follows:
(4) Name a successor alternate payee to receive the amounts that would have been payable to the member’s spouse or former spouse under the order, if the alternate payee dies before the member. The designation of a successor alternate payee in an order shall be void and be given no effect if the order IPERS does not provide receive confirmation of the successor’s name, Social Security number, and last–known mailing address in a cover letter or in a copy of the court’s confidential information form.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 581—21.34(97B) as follows:
581—21.34(97B) Error–prone replacement Replacement warrants. Effective July 1, 2002, for a member or beneficiary who, due to the member’s or beneficiary’s own actions or inactions, has benefits warrants replaced as a result of a mail loss, before or after delivery to the member, for two months twice in a six–month period, except when the loss occurs because of need for a replacement warrant is caused by IPERS’ failure to mail to the address specified by the recipient, payment shall be suspended until such time as the recipient establishes a direct deposit account in a bank, credit union or similar financial institution and provides IPERS with the information necessary to make electronic transfer of said monthly payments. Persons subject to said error–prone cases may be required to provide a face–to–face interview and additional documentation to prove that such a suspension would result in an undue hardship.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 97B.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 31.1(2) as follows:
31.1(2) For matters relating to the Iowa public employees’ retirement system: General Counsel, Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System (IPERS), 600 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309 7401 Register Drive, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9117.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 581—33.3(17A,19A,97B), first unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
A petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the administrative rules coordinator of the division of the department having jurisdiction over the particular issue. For IPERS issues, such petitions shall be directed to Administrative Rules Coordinator, Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System (IPERS), 7401 Register Drive, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50331–0150 50306–9117. For all other department matters, such petitions shall be directed to Administrative Rules Coordinator, Department of Personnel, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. If the request relates to a pending contested case, the request shall also be filed in the contested case proceedings. Waiver rulings shall be made by department staff having jurisdiction over the particular issue and having the authority to issue final rulings on appeals regarding such issues, provided that the director shall have final authority with respect to all waiver rulings.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1591B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.53, the Professional Licensure Division hereby amends Chapter 17, “Materials for Board Review,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment increases the time frame for items to be placed on the board agenda.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the IowaAdministrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1058B. A public hearing was held on November 21, 2001, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No public comments were received at the hearing. One written response was received stating the respondent had no objections to the amendment. This amendment is identical to that published under Notice.
The Division has determined that this amendment will have no impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2)“b.”
This amendment was adopted by each board with the last signature date on April 4, 2002.
This amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.53.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend rule 645—17.1(147) as follows:
645—17.1(147) Materials for board review. Materials received at least one week two weeks before a regularly scheduled meeting shall be placed on the agenda for board review. Materials from emergency or unusual circumstances may be added to the agenda with the chairperson’s approval. All other materials received after this deadline will be reviewed at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the board.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 147.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1584B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 68B.2A, and 476.2 (2001), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on April 12, 2002, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–02–4, In re: Sale of Goods and Services, “Order Adopting Amendment.” The amendment to 199 IAC 1.6(2) adopts the language in paragraph 581 IAC 18.2(1) to make the Board’s rule consistent with rules of the Department of Personnel. Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Vol. XXIV, No. 18 (3/6/02), p. 1419, as ARC 1456B.
Written comments in this rule making were to be filed on or before March 26, 2002. The Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice and Interstate Power and Light Company (IP&L) filed comments stating they supported the proposed amendment. IP&L suggested that the Board consider defining “outside” in the phrase “outside employee activities.”
The Board has considered IP&L’s suggestion and reviewed the other parts of 581 IAC 18.2(68B), from which the language in the amendment was copied. It seems clear from the additional provisions of rule 18.2(68B) that the term “outside” means an employer–employee relationship with an entity or person other than the agency that employs the employee in question. An additional definition of the term does not appear to be necessary at this time.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 68B.4A, and 476.2.
This amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 1.6(2), definition of “selling goods or services,” as follows:
“Selling goods or services” may include “employment by” or “employment on behalf of.” means the receipt of compensation by an employee for providing goods or services, except the selling of goods or services shall not apply to outside employment activities that constitute an employer–employee relationship.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1585B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 476.1, 476.2, 278.2, 479.5, 479.29, 479A.14, 479B.20, and 17A.4 (2001), theUtilities Board (Board) gives notice that on April 12, 2002, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–02–2, In re: Update of Pipeline and Transmission Line Rules, “Order Adopting Amendments.” The Board proposed to amend 199 IAC 10.2(1), 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,” and 13.2(1). The amendments to 10.2(1) and 13.2(1) will add the requirement of filing Exhibit “I,” the land restoration plan that must be filed if a company is proposing to construct a pipeline on agricultural land as defined in 199 IAC 9.1(3). The Board proposed to amend 199 IAC 10.3(4)“a” to bring the notice requirements for informational meetings prior to filing a petition for a permit to construct a natural gas pipeline into compliance with Iowa Code section 479.5. The Board proposed to amend 199 IAC 11.5(1)“a” to bring the notice requirements for informational meetings prior to the filing of a petition for a franchise to construct an electric transmission line into compliance with Iowa Code section 478.2. Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin (IAB) Vol. XXIV, No. 18 (3/6/02), p. 1420, as ARC 1455B.
Written comments in this rule making were to be filed on or before March 26, 2002. The Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice, MidAmerican Energy Company, and Interstate Power and Light Company filed comments stating they supported the proposed amendments. No party requested an oral presentation. Since no comments were filed suggesting any revisions to the proposed amendments, the Board will adopt the amendments as published under Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 476.1, 476.2, 478.2, 479.5, 479.29, 479A.14, 479B.20, and 17A.4.
These amendments will become effective June 5, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [10.2(1), 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,” 13.2(1)] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1455B, IAB 3/6/02.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.]
ARC 1596B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 3, “Forms,” and Chapter 4, “Contested Cases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update references to the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. The amendments also eliminate the current agency practice of mailing a prehearing conference order in workers’ compensation contested cases.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin March 6, 2002, as ARC 1447B.
Written comments were solicited until March 26, 2002. Written comments were received about rule 876—4.20(86) in Item 4, and those comments resulted in the addition of suggested language to the rule. Items 2 and 3 have been added to reflect the proper reference to the current rule numbers in the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure.
These amendments will become effective July 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1), 17A.12, 85.45, 86.13, 86.17, 86.18 and 86.24.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 876—3.1(17A) by adopting the following new subrule:
3.1(20) Form—prehearing conference report. (Form No. 14–0049) This form is used by the parties in a contested case proceeding to inform the agency when a case may be scheduled for an evidentiary hearing and to identify issues in dispute.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 876—4.2(86), introductory paragraph, as follows:
876—4.2(86) Separate evidentiary hearing or consolidation of proceedings. In addition to applying the provision of Iowa Rule of Civil Procedure 116 1.454, a person presiding over a contested case proceeding in a workers’ compensation matter may conduct a separate evidentiary hearing for determination of any issue in the contested case proceeding which goes to the whole or any material part of the case. An order determining the issue presented shall be issued before a hearing is held on the remaining issues. The issue determined in the separate evidentiary hearing shall be precluded at the hearing of the remaining issues. If the order on the separate issue does not dispose of the whole case, it shall be deemed interlocutory for purposes of appeal.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 876—4.9(17A) as follows:
Amend subrule 4.9(6), introductory paragraph, as follows:
4.9(6) Form, submission and ruling on motions. All motions, including pre–answer motions, motions for summary judgment and applications for adjudication of law points, shall have appended to them a concise memorandum brief and argument. All motions and applications for adjudication of law points except motions for summary judgment shall be deemed submitted without hearing on the record presented on the tenth day following filing. Motions for summary judgment shall be deemed submitted as provided in Iowa Rule of Civil Procedure 237 1.981. Resistances to motions and applications for adjudication of law points shall have appended to them a concise memorandum brief and argument, and shall be filed on or before the date of submission. Briefs and arguments are waived unless appended to the motion, application or resistance.
Amend subrule 4.9(9) as follows:
4.9(9) Requests for default. Requests or motions for default shall be as provided in Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure 230 1.971 to 236 1.977 except that entry of default shall be by order of the workers’ compensation commissioner or a deputy workers’ compensation commissioner.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 8764.20(86) as follows:
876—4.20(86) Prehearing procedure.
4.20(1) A deputy commissioner or the workers’ compensation commissioner may order parties in the case to either appear before the commissioner or a deputy commissioner for a conference, or communicate with the commissioner or the commissioner’s designee and with each other in any manner as may be prescribed to consider, so far as applicable to the particular case:
4.20(1) a. The necessity or desirability of amending pleadings by formal amendment or prehearing order;
4.20(2) b. Agreeing to admissions of facts, documents or records not really controverted, to avoid unnecessary proof;
4.20(3) c. Limiting the number of witnesses;
4.20(4) d. Settling any facts of which the commissioner or deputy commissioner is to be asked to take official notice;
4.20(5) e. Stating and simplifying the factual and legal issues to be determined;
4.20(6) f. Specifying the items and amounts of compensation claimed;
4.20(7) g. Specifying all proposed exhibits and proof thereof;
4.20(8) h. Consolidation, separation for hearing, and determination of points of law;
4.20(9) i. Specifying all witnesses expected to testify;
4.20(10) j. Possibility of settlement;
4.20(11) k. Filing of advance briefs, if any;
4.20(12) l. Setting or altering dates for completion of discovery or completion of medical evidence by each party;
4.20(13) m. Any other matter which may facilitate, expedite, or simplify any contested case.
4.20(2) Prehearing conference report. For petitions filed on or after July 1, 2002, all parties, or their counsel if a party is represented, shall jointly complete and sign an original prehearing conference report, Form No. 14–0049, within 120 days of the date the original notice and petition is filed. Claimant shall initiate preparation of the report by communicating with defendant(s) regarding a proposed case preparation completion date and length of hearing by marking claimant’s hearing issues on the report, and by signing the report and sending it to defendant(s) to be received not less than ten days before the report is due to be filed. Defendant(s) shall file the completed original report with the workers’ compensation commissioner. The case preparation completion date specified in the prehearing conference report shall not be more than six months from the date the report is filed, unless fixed by agreement of the parties or ordered by a deputy workers’ compensation commissioner upon a showing of good cause. In no event shall a case preparation completion date be specified for a date more than nine months from the date the report is filed unless ordered by a deputy workers’ compensation commissioner following a prehearing conference. If the report or any portion of the report is not filed as required by this rule, discovery shall be deemed completed, unless the parties mutually agree that discovery may continue. A hearing for three hours will be scheduled as soon as practicable, and rescheduling as provided in the hearing assignment order shall not be allowed. One report shall be filed for all claims that have been consolidated, or that the parties agree to consolidate through the filing of the report. A copy shall be filed for each case involved. The time in which to file the report for consolidated cases shall begin with the date the latest original notice and petition is filed. Failure to comply with this rule may result in sanctions as provided in 4.36(86).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 86.17 and 86.18.

[Filed 4/12/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.



Previous Bulletin Table of Contents Next Bulletin

Return To Home index


© 2002 Cornell College and League of Women Voters of Iowa


Comments about this site or page? lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.

Last update: Tue Apr 30 22:20:01 2002
URL: /Rules/2002/Bulletin/ACB020501.html
rfc